summaryrefslogtreecommitdiff
path: root/28263-h/28263-h.htm
diff options
context:
space:
mode:
Diffstat (limited to '28263-h/28263-h.htm')
-rw-r--r--28263-h/28263-h.htm7700
1 files changed, 7700 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/28263-h/28263-h.htm b/28263-h/28263-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..fd64e76
--- /dev/null
+++ b/28263-h/28263-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,7700 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html PUBLIC "-//W3C//DTD XHTML 1.0 Strict//EN"
+ "http://www.w3.org/TR/xhtml1/DTD/xhtml1-strict.dtd">
+
+<html xmlns="http://www.w3.org/1999/xhtml">
+ <head>
+ <meta http-equiv="Content-Type" content="text/html;charset=iso-8859-1" />
+ <title>
+ The Project Gutenberg eBook of Soap-Bubble Stories, by Fanny Barry
+ </title>
+ <style type="text/css">
+
+body {
+ margin-left: 10%;
+ margin-right: 10%; }
+
+ h1,h2,h3,h4,h5,h6 {
+ text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+ clear: both;}
+
+p {
+ margin-top: .75em;
+ text-align: justify;
+ margin-bottom: .75em; }
+
+hr {
+ width: 33%;
+ margin-top: 2em;
+ margin-bottom: 2em;
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;
+ clear: both;}
+
+table {
+ margin-left: auto;
+ margin-right: auto;}
+
+.pagenum { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+ /* visibility: hidden; */
+ position: absolute;
+ left: 92%;
+ font-size: smaller;
+ text-align: right;} /* page numbers */
+
+.blockquot {
+ margin-left: 5%;
+ margin-right: 10%;}
+
+.center {text-align: center;}
+
+.smcap {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.u {text-decoration: underline;}
+
+.caption {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+.figcenter {
+ margin: auto;
+ text-align: center;
+ width: auto}
+
+/* Poetry */
+.poem {
+ margin-left:10%;
+ margin-right:10%;
+ text-align: left;}
+
+.poem br {display: none;}
+
+.poem .stanza {margin: 1em 0em 1em 0em;}
+
+.poem span.i0 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 0em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em; }
+
+.poem span.i2 {
+ display: block;
+ margin-left: 2em;
+ padding-left: 3em;
+ text-indent: -3em; }
+
+ </style>
+ </head>
+<body>
+
+
+<pre>
+
+The Project Gutenberg EBook of Soap-Bubble Stories, by Fanny Barry
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+
+Title: Soap-Bubble Stories
+ For Children
+
+Author: Fanny Barry
+
+Release Date: March 6, 2009 [EBook #28263]
+
+Language: English
+
+Character set encoding: ISO-8859-1
+
+*** START OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SOAP-BUBBLE STORIES ***
+
+
+
+
+Produced by Marcia Brooks, Woodie4, David Edwards and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+
+
+
+
+</pre>
+
+
+<p>Transcribers notes:<br />
+Alternative spelling and hyphenation have been retained as they appear
+in the original publication. Changes have been made as follows:<br /><br />
+
+Page 125. on the top of a dias <i>changed to</i> on the top of a dais<br /><br />
+
+Page 131. tobogganned down a steep <i>changed to</i> tobogganed down a steep<br /><br /></p>
+
+
+<h2>SOAP-BUBBLE STORIES</h2>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 277px;">
+<img src="images/image001.png" width="277" height="400" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<h1>Soap-Bubble Stories.</h1>
+
+<h2>FOR CHILDREN.</h2>
+
+<h5>BY</h5>
+
+<h2><i>FANNY BARRY</i>,</h2>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Author of "The Fox Family," "The Obstinate Elm Leaf," "The Bears
+of Wundermerk," etc.</span></h4>
+
+<h3>New York:</h3>
+
+<h3>JAMES POTT &amp; CO., 14 &amp; 16, ASTOR PLACE.</h3>
+
+<h4>1892.<br /></h4>
+
+<h5>To</h5>
+
+<h4>VERA, ELSIE,<br />
+OSKAR, OLGA, ERIK,<br />
+NEVA, JESSIE,<br />
+LEO, DOROTHY, CLAUDE</h4>
+
+<h5>AND</h5>
+
+<h4>HERBERT.<br /></h4>
+
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/image013a.png" width="400" height="81" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<p>It was twilight and the children tired of playing gathered
+round the fire.</p>
+
+<p>Outside, the snow fell softly, softly; and the bare trees shook
+their branches in the keen air. The pleasant glow of the blazing
+logs lighted up the circle of happy faces, and peopled the distant
+corners with elfin shadows.</p>
+
+<p>All the afternoon the children, pipe in hand, with soap suds
+before them, had been blowing airy bubbles that caught the gleams
+of a hundred flying rainbows&mdash;but now in the fading daylight, the
+pipes were put aside, and they threw themselves down on the fur rug,
+and looked with thoughtful eyes into the caverns of the fire.</p>
+
+<p>"What can we do now?" they cried, "Won't <i>you</i> make us
+some bubbles?"</p>
+
+<p>And someone sitting in the shadow, who had watched and
+admired their handiwork; whipped up some white froth in a fairy
+basin, and taking a pipe, she blew them some bubbles.</p>
+
+<p>Not so beautiful as the children's own, with their pure reflections
+of the light and sunshine&mdash;but the best she could fashion with
+the materials she had at hand; for the only soap she could find
+was Imagination, and her pipe was a humble black pen.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 400px;">
+<img src="images/image013b.png" width="400" height="72" alt="" title="" />
+</div>
+
+<h3>Contents.</h3>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<div class='center'>
+<table border="0" cellpadding="4" cellspacing="0" summary="">
+<tr><td align='left'></td><td align='right'>PAGE</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE TROLL IN THE CHURCH FOUNTAIN</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE IMP IN THE CHINTZ CURTAIN</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_13">13</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>HEARTSEASE</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_22">22</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>A STORY OF SIENA</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_27">27</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE STONE-MAIDEN</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_44">44</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE GRASS OF PARNASSUS</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_51">51</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE HEDGEHOGS' COFFEE PARTY</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_53">53</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>UNCLE VOLODIA</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_68">68</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE ANGEL AND THE LILIES</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_95">95</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE ALPEN-ECHO</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_100">100</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE SCROLL IN THE MARKET PLACE</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_103">103</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>A SCRAP OF ETRUSCAN POTTERY</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_109">109</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE GOATS ON THE GLACIER</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE GREAT LADY'S CHIEF-MOURNER</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_139">139</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>DAME FOSSIE'S CHINA DOG</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_142">142</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>PRINCESS SIDIGUNDA'S GOLDEN SHOES</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_161">161</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>THE BADGER'S SCHOOL</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_179">179</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td align='left'>BOBBIE'S TWO SHILLINGS</td>
+<td align='right'><a href="#Page_203">203</a></td></tr>
+</table></div>
+
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h2><a name="The_Troll_in_the_Church_Fountain" id="The_Troll_in_the_Church_Fountain"></a>The Troll in the Church Fountain.</h2>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_1" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</a></span></p>
+<p>It was a village of fountains. They poured from the
+sides of houses, bubbled up at street corners,
+sprang from stone troughs by the roadside, and
+one even gushed from the very walls of the old Church itself,
+and fell with a monotonous tinkle into a carved stone basin
+beneath.</p>
+
+<p>The old Church stood on a high plateau overlooking the
+lake. It jutted out so far, on its great rock, that it seemed
+to overhang the precipice; and as the neighbours walked
+upon the terrace on Sundays, and enjoyed the shade of the
+row of plane trees, they could look down over the low walls
+of the Churchyard almost into the chimneys of the wooden
+houses clustering below.</p>
+
+<p>There were wide stone seats on the terrace, grey and
+worn by the weather, and by the generations of children
+who had played round them; and here the mothers and
+grandmothers, with their distaffs in their hands, loved to
+collect on summer evenings.</p>
+
+<p>Often Terli had seen them from his home by the mountain<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_2" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</a></span>
+torrent, for he was so high up, he looked down upon the
+whole village; and he had often longed to join them and
+hear what they were saying; but as he was nothing but a
+River-Troll, he was not able to venture within sight or sound
+of the water of the holy Church Fountain.</p>
+
+<p>Anywhere else he was free to roam; teazing the children,
+worrying the women as they washed their clothes at the
+open stone basins, even putting his lean fingers into the
+fountain spout to stop the water, while the people remained
+staring open-mouthed, or ran off to fetch a neighbour to
+find out what was the matter.</p>
+
+<p>This was all very pleasant to Terli, and at night he would
+hurry back to his relations in their cave under the stones
+of the torrent, and enjoy a good laugh at the day's
+adventures.</p>
+
+<p>There was only one thing that worried him. Several
+of the cleverest old women of the village, who had on
+several occasions seen Terli dancing about the country,
+agreed to hang a little pot of the Church water in the doors
+of their houses; and once or twice the Troll, on attempting
+to enter in order to teaze the inhabitants, had suddenly
+caught sight of the water, and rushed away with a scream
+of rage and disappointment.</p>
+
+<p>"Never River-Troll can stand the sight of the Church
+Fountain!" said the old women, and rubbed their hands
+gleefully.</p>
+
+<p>In the early summer there was to be a great wedding at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_3" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</a></span>
+the old Church, the Bridegroom the son of a rich farmer,
+the Bride one of the young girls of the village; and Terli,
+who had known them both from childhood, determined that
+for once in his life he would enter the unknown region of
+the Church Terrace.</p>
+
+<p>"Elena has often annoyed me in the past," laughed
+Terli, "so it is only fair I should try and annoy her in the
+future"&mdash;and he sat down cross-legged at the bottom of a
+water trough to arrange his plans quietly in seclusion.</p>
+
+<p>An old horse came by, dragging a creaking waggon, and
+the driver stopped to allow the animal to drink.</p>
+
+<p>The Troll raised himself leisurely, and as the horse put in
+his head, Terli seized it in both hands, and hung on so firmly
+that it was impossible for the poor creature to get away.</p>
+
+<p>"Let go!" said the horse, angrily&mdash;for he understood
+the Troll language. "Let me go! What are you doing?"</p>
+
+<p>"I shan't let you go till you make me a promise. You
+get the Wood-Troll to cork up the Church Fountain at
+daybreak on Friday morning, and I'll let you drink as much
+as you like now, and go without hindrance afterwards."</p>
+
+<p>"I shan't promise," said the horse, crossly. "I don't
+see why I should."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I shall hang on till you <i>do</i>," said the Troll with
+a disagreeable laugh; and he gripped the old horse more
+tightly than ever.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, leave off! I'm being suffocated. I'll promise anything,"
+cried the horse.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_4" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</a></span></p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 482px;">
+<img src="images/image020.png" width="482" height="400" alt="&quot;&#39;LET GO!&#39; SAID THE HORSE,
+ANGRILY. &#39;LET ME GO! WHAT ARE
+YOU DOING?&#39;&quot;" title="&quot;&#39;LET GO!&#39; SAID THE HORSE,
+ANGRILY. &#39;LET ME GO! WHAT ARE
+YOU DOING?&#39;&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;&#39;LET GO!&#39; SAID THE HORSE,
+ANGRILY. &#39;LET ME GO! WHAT ARE
+YOU DOING?&#39;&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Terli withdrew his hands immediately, sinking down to
+the bottom of the trough with a chuckle that made the
+water bubble furiously; and the old horse, without waiting
+to drink, trotted off with an activity that surprised his master.</p>
+
+<p>"Remember your promise!" called the Troll, putting his
+head suddenly over the edge of the trough, and pointing a
+thin finger. "On Friday at daybreak the Church Fountain
+stopped, or you don't drink comfortably for a twelve-month!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3><a name="CHAPTER_II" id="CHAPTER_II"></a>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_5" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</a></span></p>
+<p>Early on Friday morning the bridal procession started
+gaily, and all the village folks were so occupied they never
+noticed that the Church Fountain had ceased to bubble.</p>
+
+<p>The bells rang out; while the Troll, hidden in the branches
+of a tree close to the entrance door, glanced first at the procession
+and then at a wedge of wood sticking out of the
+stone mouth of the Fountain, and he laughed elfishly.</p>
+
+<p>"Ha, ha! The old horse has kept his promise. This <i>is</i>
+seeing the world," he whispered triumphantly.</p>
+
+<p>The marriage ceremony was soon over, and as the newly-wedded
+pair stepped out upon the terrace again, Terli
+drew from his pocket a little jar of water, and <i>splash!</i>
+fell some drops from it right in the eyes of the Bride and
+Bridegroom.</p>
+
+<p>"It is beginning to rain! I saw the clouds gathering!
+Run, run, for the nearest shelter!" cried everyone confusedly,
+and off dashed the crowd, panting and breathless.</p>
+
+<p>Now it was an unfortunate thing, that after the wedding
+everything in the new household seemed to go wrong.</p>
+
+<p>"The young people have had their heads turned,"
+whispered the old women, and the poor Bride looked pale
+and disconsolate.</p>
+
+<p>"It is a wretched house to have married into," she said
+to her mother. "Nothing but these poor boards for furniture,
+no good fields or garden&mdash;all so dull and disagreeable;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_6" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</a></span>
+and then my husband&mdash;he seems always discontented. I
+think I was happier at home;" and she tapped her foot
+impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>Her mother argued and remonstrated, and at last began
+to weep bitterly.</p>
+
+<p>"You must be bewitched, Elena, to complain like this!
+You have everything a reasonable girl can wish for."</p>
+
+<p>"Everything? Why I have <i>nothing</i>!" cried Elena
+angrily, and ran from the room; leaving Terli, who was
+hiding in a water-bucket, to stamp his feet with delight.</p>
+
+<p>"Ha! ha! it is going on excellently," he shouted in his
+little cracked voice. "Once let them have the water from
+the Trolls' well in their eyes, they'll never be contented
+again!" and he upset the bucket in which he was standing
+over the feet of the Bride's mother, who had to run home
+hastily to change her wet shoes.</p>
+
+<p>"This is the work of the River-Trolls, I believe," she
+said to herself, as she held up her soaked skirts carefully.
+"I'll find out all about it on St. John's Eve, if I can't do
+so before"&mdash;and she nodded angrily towards the mountain
+torrent.</p>
+
+<p>Days passed, and the sad temper of the newly-married
+couple did not improve.</p>
+
+<p>They scarcely attempted to speak to each other, and
+groaned so much over the hardships of their life, that all
+their friends became tired of trying to comfort them.</p>
+
+<p>"They're bewitched," said the Bride's mother, "bewitched,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_7" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</a></span>
+and nothing else. But wait till St. John's Eve, and you'll
+see I shall cure them."</p>
+
+<p>She spoke mysteriously, but as she was a sensible woman
+everyone believed her.</p>
+
+<p>On St. John's Eve&mdash;as I daresay you know&mdash;all animals
+have the power of talking together like human beings, and
+punctually as the clock struck twelve the Bride's mother put
+on her thick shoes, and taking the stable lantern from its
+nail, she went off to the stable, refusing to allow either her
+husband or son to accompany her.</p>
+
+<p>As she entered the door of the outhouse, she heard the
+oxen already whispering to each other, and the old horse,
+with his head over the division, addressing friendly remarks
+to a family of goats close by.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know anything of Terli or the Wood-Trolls?"
+enquired the old woman, looking at the oxen severely.</p>
+
+<p>"No, no, no!" and they shook their heads slowly.</p>
+
+<p>The Bride's mother then repeated her question to the goat
+family, who denied any knowledge of the Trolls with a series
+of terrified bleats.</p>
+
+<p>"There is only <i>you</i>, then," said the Bride's mother to the
+old horse. "You have served us faithfully, and we have
+been kind masters to you. Tell me: do you know anything
+of Terli or the Wood-Trolls?"</p>
+
+<p>"I do," said the old horse with dignity. "I can tell you
+more than anyone else dreams of;" and he stepped from
+his stall with an air of the greatest importance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_8" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The old woman sat down upon an upturned stable-bucket,
+and prepared to listen.</p>
+
+<p>"Just before the wedding," commenced the horse, "I
+was passing through the village with old master, when we
+stopped to drink. No sooner had I got my nose into the
+Fountain than, <i>heuw!</i> Terli had hold of me, and not an
+inch would he loosen his grip till I promised to let him see
+the wedding by getting the Wood-Trolls to stop up the
+Church Fountain. What was I to do? I was forced to
+agree, and from that promise comes all the misery of
+the Bride and Bridegroom."</p>
+
+<p>The old horse then went on to explain what Terli had
+done on the wedding day, while the Bride's mother jumped
+up from the water-bucket with a cry of delight.</p>
+
+<p>"All will be well now. You have done us the greatest
+possible service, and shall live in leisure for the rest of your
+life," she said; and ran out of the stables towards the house,
+before the astonished animals could recover themselves.</p>
+
+<p>"I've found it all out," she cried to her husband. "Now
+all we have to do is to catch Terli."</p>
+
+<p>"Not so easy, wife," said the Bride's father, but the old
+woman smiled in a mysterious manner.</p>
+
+<p>"Leave it to me, husband, <i>I</i> shall manage it. Our children
+will be happy again to-morrow, you will see."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_9" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</a></span></p>
+<p>The next day at sunrise, the Bride's mother crept off
+secretly to the Church Fountain and brought back a
+large pailful of the water. This she emptied into a wash-tub
+and covered with some green pine branches, and on
+the top of all she placed a wooden bowl half filled with
+butter-milk.</p>
+
+<p>"Terli likes it so much&mdash;he will do anything for butter-milk,"
+she said to herself, as she propped open the kitchen
+door, and went off with a light heart to see her daughter.</p>
+
+<p>She carried with her a jug of the Church water, and when
+she arrived at the farm house, she gave it to her daughter
+and son-in-law, and begged them to bathe their eyes with it
+immediately.</p>
+
+<p>With much grumbling they obeyed her; but what a change
+occurred directly they had done so!</p>
+
+<p>The day, which had seemed cloudy and threatening rain,
+now appeared bright and hopeful. The Bride ran over her
+new house with exclamations of delight at all the comfortable
+arrangements, and the Bridegroom declared he was a lucky
+man to have married a good wife, and have a farm that
+anyone might reasonably be proud of!</p>
+
+<p>"How could we ever have troubled over anything?" said
+the young Bride, "I can't understand it! We are young,
+and we are happy."</p>
+
+<p>The old woman smiled wisely. "It was only the Troll's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_10" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</a></span>
+well-water," she said, and went home as fast as her feet
+would carry her.</p>
+
+<p>As she neared her own door, she heard sounds of splashing
+and screaming in a shrill piping voice; and on entering, saw
+Terli struggling violently in the tub of Church water, the
+little bowl of butter-milk lying spilt upon the floor.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_11" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Take me out! Take me out! It gives me the toothache!"
+wailed the Troll, but the Bride's mother was a wise woman,
+and determined that now she had caught their tormentor she
+would keep him safely.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 382px;">
+<img src="images/image026.png" width="382" height="400" alt="&quot;TAKE ME OUT! TAKE ME OUT! IT GIVES ME THE
+TOOTH-ACHE!&quot;" title="&quot;TAKE ME OUT! TAKE ME OUT! IT GIVES ME THE
+TOOTH-ACHE!&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;TAKE ME OUT! TAKE ME OUT! IT GIVES ME THE
+TOOTH-ACHE!&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"I've got the toothache in every joint!" shouted Terli.
+"Let me out, and I'll <i>never</i> tease you any more."</p>
+
+<p>"It serves you very well right," said the old woman, and
+she poured the contents of the tub&mdash;including Terli&mdash;into a
+large bucket, and carried it off in triumph to the Church
+Fountain.</p>
+
+<p>Here she emptied the bucket into the carved stone basin,
+and left Terli kicking and screaming, while she went home
+to the farmhouse to breakfast.</p>
+
+<p>"That's a good morning's work, wife; if you never do
+another:" said the Bride's father, who had come into the
+kitchen just as Terli upset the bowl of butter-milk, and fell
+through the pine branches headlong into the tub beneath.
+"We shall live in peace and quietness now, for Terli was
+the most mischievous of the whole of the Troll-folk."</p>
+
+<p>The words of the Bride's father proved to be quite true,
+for after the capture of the Water-Troll the village enjoyed
+many years of quietness and contentment.</p>
+
+<p>As to Terli, he lived in great unhappiness in the Church
+Fountain; enduring a terrible series of tooth-aches, but
+unable to escape from the magic power of the water.</p>
+
+<p>At the end of that time, however, a falling tree split the
+sides of the carved stone basin into fragments, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_12" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</a></span>
+Troll, escaping with the water which flowed out, darted from
+the Churchyard and safely reached his old home in the bed
+of the mountain torrent.</p>
+
+<p>"The Church Fountain is broken, and Terli has escaped,"
+said the good folks the next morning&mdash;and the old people
+shook their heads gravely, in alarm&mdash;but I suppose Terli had
+had a good lesson, for he never troubled the village any more.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 140px;">
+<img src="images/image028.png" width="140" height="200" alt="Troll" title="Troll" />
+</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_13" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</a></span></p>
+<h3><a name="The_Imp_in_the_Chintz_Curtain" id="The_Imp_in_the_Chintz_Curtain"></a>The Imp in the Chintz Curtain.</h3>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>He was a wicked-looking Imp, and he lived in a bed
+curtain.</p>
+
+<p>No one knew he was in the house, not even the
+master and mistress. The little girl who slept in the chintz-curtained
+bed was the only person who knew of his existence,
+and she never mentioned him, even to her old nurse.</p>
+
+<p>She had made his acquaintance one Christmas Eve, as
+she lay awake, trying to keep her tired eyes open long
+enough to see Santa Klaus come down the chimney. The
+Imp sprang into view with a <i>cr-r-r-ick, cr-r-r-ack</i> of falling
+wood in the great fireplace, and there he stood bowing to
+Marianne from the left-hand corner of the chintz curtain.</p>
+
+<p>A green leaf formed his hat, some straggling branches his
+feet; his thin body was a single rose-stem, and his red face
+a crumpled rose-bud.</p>
+
+<p>A flaw in the printing of the chintz curtain had given him
+life&mdash;a life distinct from that of the other rose leaves.</p>
+
+<p>"You're lying awake very late to-night&mdash;what's that for?"
+he enquired, shaking the leaf he wore upon his head, and
+looking at Marianne searchingly.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_14" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Why, don't you see I'm waiting for Santa Klaus?"
+replied Marianne. "I've always missed him before, but
+this time <i>nothing</i> shall make me go to sleep!" She sat up
+in bed and opened her eyes as widely as possible.</p>
+
+<p>"He has generally been here before this," said the Imp.
+"I can remember your great-aunt sleeping in this very bed
+and being in just the same fuss. I got down and danced
+about all night, and she thought I was earwigs."</p>
+
+<p>"<i>I</i> should never think you were an earwig&mdash;you're too
+pink and green&mdash;but don't talk, I can hear something
+buzzing."</p>
+
+<p>"Santa Klaus doesn't buzz," said the Chintz Imp. "He
+comes down <i>flop!</i> Once in your aunt's time, I knew him
+nearly stick in the chimney. He had too many things in his
+sack. You should have heard how he struggled, it was like
+thunder! Everyone said how high the wind was."</p>
+
+<p>"I hope he won't do it to-night," said Marianne, "I could
+never pull him down by myself!"</p>
+
+<p>As she spoke the room seemed to be violently shaken, and
+there was a sound of falling plaster, followed by some loud
+kicks.</p>
+
+<p>"Whew&mdash;w!" cried the Chintz Imp, "he's done it again!"</p>
+
+<p>Marianne started up in great excitement. She sprang
+from her bed, and ran towards the old-fashioned fireplace.</p>
+
+<p>Nothing was at first to be seen; but as the fire had died
+down to a few hot embers, Marianne could, by craning her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_15" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</a></span>
+head forwards, look right up into the misty darkness of the
+great chimney.</p>
+
+<p>There, to her astonishment, she saw a pair of large brown-covered
+feet hanging down helplessly; while a deep voice
+from above cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Get me out of this, or I shall break down the chimney!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, what <i>am</i> I to do?" exclaimed Marianne anxiously,
+"I'm not tall enough to reach you! Shall I fetch my Aunt
+Olga, or would you prefer my old nurse?"</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly not," said the voice, with decision. "I have
+never been seen by a grown-up person, and I don't intend to
+begin now. Either you must get me down by yourself, or I
+shall manage to work out at the top again&mdash;and then I'm
+sorry to say you'll have to go without your presents."</p>
+
+<p>Marianne sat down on the hearthrug in a state of anxious
+consideration. There waved the great brown feet, and two
+or three steps would land them safely on the hearthrug, but
+how could it possibly be managed?</p>
+
+<p>The Chintz Imp curled up his green legs and sat down
+beside her, his bright red eyes blinking thoughtfully.</p>
+
+<p>"We must hang on to him," he said at last; "or what do
+you say to my trying to collect a dozen or so children, to
+pull?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why they'd all be in bed hours ago," said Marianne.
+"Besides, their parents would never let them come,
+and Uncle Max would want to know whatever we were
+doing."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_16" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes. I see <i>that</i> idea is no good. Have you such a thing
+as a pocket-knife?" enquired the Chintz Imp.</p>
+
+<p>"A beauty," said Marianne; "four blades, a button-hook,
+and a corkscrew."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, the corkscrew might be of some use if we could
+draw him out with it; but he might object. However, I'll
+try what I can do with the knife."</p>
+
+<p>"You won't cut him! You'll have to be very careful!"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course," said the Chintz Imp. "Do you think I am
+as old as your great-aunt, without knowing much more than
+<i>you</i> do! Bring me the knife. I'm going to swarm up the
+chimney and scratch away the mortar. Leave it entirely to
+me, and Santa Klaus will be down here in an hour or two!"</p>
+
+<p>Marianne ran off to her little play box, and returned
+with the knife. It was almost as large as the Chintz Imp,
+but he possessed so much wiry strength in his thin arms
+and backbone that he was able to clamber up the chimney
+without difficulty.</p>
+
+<p>"Are you all right?" cried Marianne, standing with her
+bare feet on the edge of the stone fender, and holding up the
+night-light as high as she could without singeing Santa
+Klaus.</p>
+
+<p>"Getting up," replied the Chintz Imp, "but he's in very
+tight!"</p>
+
+<p>"Is it his sack that's stuck?" enquired Marianne, anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, yes! It's only my sack!" cried the deep voice;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_17" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</a></span>
+"you get that loose, and I shall drop into the room like a
+fairy."</p>
+
+<p>Marianne strained her eyes up the chimney, but could see
+nothing.</p>
+
+<p>"Take care! Here's a lot of plaster falling!"</p>
+
+<p>The warning was just in time, for, as Marianne's head
+disappeared, a handful of cement fell rattling into the fireplace,
+just escaping her bare feet as she jumped on to the
+hearthrug.</p>
+
+<p>"The knife does beautifully," cried the voice of the Chintz
+Imp. "I think when I've loosened this paint box, he'll fall
+down immediately."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, do be careful!" said Marianne. "A paint box is
+what I've been longing for! Don't chip it if you can possibly
+help it!"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course I shan't," replied the Chintz Imp. "If he
+wouldn't kick so much, I should get him out in half the time."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm not kicking," cried Santa Klaus's voice indignantly.
+"I've been as still as a rock, even with that horrid penknife
+close to my ear the whole time."</p>
+
+<p>"Have a little patience," said the Chintz Imp soothingly.
+"I promise not to hurt you."</p>
+
+<p>Marianne began to feel very cold. The excitement, so far,
+had buoyed her up; but now the monotonous <i>chip, chipping</i>
+of the Chintz Imp continued so long that she jumped into
+her chintz-curtained bed, determined to stay there until
+something new and interesting called her up again.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_18" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I can't do any good, so I may as well be comfortable,"
+she thought, and pulled the eider-down quilt up to her chin
+luxuriously.</p>
+
+<p>"I <i>hope</i> he'll get out! It <i>would</i> be a disappointment to
+have that paint-box taken away again. Perhaps it would be
+given to someone who wouldn't care for it. I wonder if it's
+tin, with moist colours? I must ask Uncle Max to have
+that chimney made wider&mdash;&mdash;" At this point Marianne's
+eyes closed and she fell asleep.</p>
+
+<p>She was awakened by a loud <i>thump!</i> that seemed to shake
+the very bed in which she was lying; and as she sprang up
+in a state of great excitement, she saw Santa Klaus picking
+himself up from the hearthrug on which he had apparently
+fallen with great violence.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh dear!" cried Marianne, "I hope you are not hurt?
+How careless of the Chintz Imp to throw you down like that!"</p>
+
+<p>"It was no one's fault but my own," said Santa Klaus as
+he dusted the remains of soot and plaster off his brown cloak.
+"I should have remembered my experience with your great-aunt,
+but I knew how much you wanted that paint-box,"
+and he slipped into Marianne's stocking a japanned box
+with a whole sheaf of paint brushes.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, thank you, Santa Klaus! You can't think how I've
+wished for it; my own is such a horrid little thing. And
+those beautiful pictures for my scrap-book, and the things
+for the doll's house&mdash;and I <i>really</i> believe that's the book of
+fairy tales I've been longing for for months!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_19" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Marianne's face shone with delighted expectation as she
+opened the top of her stocking and peeped in.</p>
+
+<p>"Not till the morning," cried Santa Klaus; "you know
+my rule," and patting Marianne on the head, he disappeared,
+with his sack much lightened, up the chimney.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, do come here!" cried Marianne to the Chintz Imp.
+"I must talk to somebody."</p>
+
+<p>"I think you certainly <i>ought</i> to talk to me," said the
+Chintz Imp, coming carefully down the brickwork, hand
+over hand, and laying the knife down in the fender.
+"Without me you wouldn't have had a single present."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, I'm very grateful," said Marianne. "I wish
+he had brought you something, though I'm sure I don't know
+what would be useful to you."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I should like a good many things," replied the
+Chintz Imp, perching himself on a brass knob at the end of
+the bedstead, "and one or two I think you can get me easily.
+I'm tired of this room and the little society I see, and I long
+for the great world. Can't you get me put on a settee in
+the Servants' Hall, or somewhere lively?"</p>
+
+<p>"I'll ask Aunt Olga," said Marianne. "She promised me
+a Christmas present, and I was to choose. Suppose I choose
+new bed curtains?"</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly," said the Chintz Imp, "but be sure you
+bargain to hang me in some cheerful place. Sixty years in
+one room is too much of a good thing&mdash;I want a change!"
+and he stretched himself wearily.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_20" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I really will do my best for you," said Marianne. "I'm
+afraid you're too faded for the drawing-room, but I won't
+have new curtains until I can see you put somewhere nice.
+I suppose you wouldn't like the passages?"</p>
+
+<p>"Decidedly not," replied the Chintz Imp. "Dull places.
+No fun, and nothing going on. The Servants' Hall, or stay
+where I am!" He folded his green arms with determination.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm sure I can manage it," said Marianne, and fell asleep
+again while she was arranging the words in which she should
+make the suggestion to Aunt Olga.</p>
+
+<p>The next day Marianne awoke betimes, and immediately
+inspected the contents of her stocking.</p>
+
+<p>There, stuffed clumsily inside it, was everything she had
+been wishing for during the year, and more too!</p>
+
+<p>"Do come and look at my things!" cried Marianne to the
+Chintz Imp, but he remained rigidly against his shiny
+spotted background and refused to move, though Marianne
+thought she saw a twinkle in his eye, which showed he was
+not quite so impassive as he appeared to be.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll try and get him put into the Servants' Hall as soon
+as possible," she thought. "It makes me quite nervous to
+think he may pounce upon me any minute. Besides, one
+must keep one's promises! How extraordinary it is he can
+make himself so perfectly flat."</p>
+
+<p>As soon as she was dressed she ran down to the dining
+room.</p>
+
+<p>"Dear Aunt Olga, I've got such quantities of things to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_21" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</a></span>
+show you!" she cried, "and as you said I might choose,
+may I please have new chintz to my bed, and no pattern on
+it, so that it can't come out and be Imps&mdash;I mean, have
+funny shapes on it. And may my old curtains be put in the
+Servants' Hall? He says it will be more cheerful for him,
+and though, of course, he's been very kind to me, I think I
+would rather he went somewhere else. Besides, it <i>is</i> dull
+for him up there, all by himself&mdash;I mean, it would be dull for
+<i>any</i> kind of chintz."</p>
+
+<p>"I do think Santa Klaus has got into your head,
+Marianne!" said Aunt Olga, laughing; but she promised to
+buy the new curtains.</p>
+
+<p>In course of time they arrived&mdash;the palest blue, with little
+harmless frillings to them; and the old chintz was carried
+off to the Servants' Hall to make a box cover.</p>
+
+<p>There it still hangs, and if you stoop down and examine
+it closely, you will see the Chintz Imp looking more lively
+than ever, with his green hat on one side, and a twinkling
+red eye on the watch for any sort of amusement.</p>
+
+<p>Marianne often goes to see him, but, rather to her disappointment,
+he looks the other way, and appears not to
+recognize her.</p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps it's just as well," she says to herself, "for he
+seems very happy, and if the servants knew he was here I
+believe they would turn him out immediately."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_22" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</a></span></p>
+<h3><a name="HEARTSEASE" id="HEARTSEASE"></a>HEARTSEASE.</h3>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>The three-cornered scrap of garden by the elm tree,
+with a border of stones, and a neat trodden path
+down the middle, belonged to little Bethea.</p>
+
+<p>It grew things in a most wonderful way. Stocks and
+marigolds, primroses and lupines, Canterbury bells and
+lavender; all came out at their different seasons, and all
+flourished&mdash;for Bethea watered and tended them so faithfully
+that they loved her.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 297px;">
+<img src="images/image039.png" width="297" height="400" alt="&quot;BETHEA WATERED AND TENDED THEM SO FAITHFULLY THAT THEY LOVED HER.&quot;" title="&quot;BETHEA WATERED AND TENDED THEM SO FAITHFULLY THAT THEY LOVED HER.&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;BETHEA WATERED AND TENDED THEM SO FAITHFULLY THAT THEY LOVED HER.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>On a soft spring day Bethea stood by her garden with
+scissors and basket, snipping away at the brightest and best
+of her children; carefully, so that she might not hurt them,
+and with judgment, so that they might bloom again when
+they wished to.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you know where you're going?" she said&mdash;"To the
+Hospital. Grandmamma's going to take me, and you're being
+gathered to cheer up the sick people there&mdash;aren't you
+pleased?" And the flowers nodded.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't suppose I shall be picked. I don't think I'm
+good enough!" whispered a very small purple pansy, who had
+only recently been planted, to a beetle who happened to be<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_23" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</a></span>
+crawling by. "I should like to go with the others, though
+I don't suppose it would cheer anyone to see me, I'm not
+light enough!"</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be too sure," said the beetle solidly. "You've a
+nice velvety softness about you, and then you have the best
+name of them all. What sick person wouldn't like to have
+Heartsease?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think I've got enough now," said Bethea, as she laid
+the last primula in her basket.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, do take me!" cried the pansy, touching her little
+brown shoe with one of its leaves to attract her attention,
+"I do want to help!" and Bethea stooped down, she scarcely
+knew why, gathered it, and put it with the rest of her flowers.</p>
+
+<p>The drive to the Hospital was along a dusty country road,
+and the flowers under their paper covering, gasped for
+breath.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as they arrived, Bethea, following her grandmother,
+carried them up to the room where children were
+lying in the little white beds, and gave them to the woman
+who was in charge of it.</p>
+
+<p>"Please would you mind putting them in water for the
+children," she said in her soft voice, and the woman smiled
+and nodded.</p>
+
+<p>Bethea took a few of the flowers out, and went round to
+the different beds offering one or two, shyly, until she came
+to a thin pale boy&mdash;a new patient, whom she had never
+seen before.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_24" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He's only been here a fortnight," said the woman in a
+whisper, "and we can't get him to take any interest in
+anything&mdash;I don't know what we're going to do with him!"</p>
+
+<p>"Is he very ill?" asked Bethea, wistfully.</p>
+
+<p>"No, not so bad as some. A crooked leg, that will get
+well in time if only we can wake him up a little."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm so sorry I have nothing but this flower left," said
+Bethea, as she stooped over the boy's curly head, and gave
+him the small purple pansy.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I wish I was more beautiful!" sighed the little dark
+flower. "<i>Now</i> would be an opportunity to do some good in
+the world!"</p>
+
+<p>The boy turned wearily, but his face lighted up as he saw
+the pansy. His eyes brightened and he seized it eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"Heartsease! Oh, it's like home. We've lots of that
+growing in our garden. I always had some on Sundays!"
+he cried. "Do let me keep it. It seems just a bit of home&mdash;a
+bit of home&mdash;a bit of home."</p>
+
+<p>He murmured it over and over again, as if there was rest
+and happiness in the very sound of it.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll keep fresh as long as ever I can," said the pansy,
+"It's the least I can do for him, poor fellow!"</p>
+
+<p>"At all events the flowers are all out of my own garden,"
+said Bethea, sitting down by the white bed, and then she
+talked away so gently that the boy's weary face smoothed
+out, and he went to sleep.</p>
+
+<p>In a few days' time Bethea begged her grandmother to let<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_25" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</a></span>
+her go again to the hospital, and she persuaded the gardener
+to give her a beautiful bunch of pansies to take to the
+sick boy.</p>
+
+<p>As she entered the room, she saw that the little purple
+pansy was standing in a tumbler of water, on a chair by the
+boy's bed.</p>
+
+<p>Its head hung over on one side, but it looked quite fresh
+and healthy.</p>
+
+<p>"Hasn't it lasted well?" said the boy, happily. He looked
+much better and spoke in a loud, cheerful voice. "It's been
+talking to me about all sorts of things! the country, and
+gardens, and springtime, and being out and about in the
+fresh air and sunshine!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I certainly have tried to make myself as pleasant
+as possible," said the pansy, but it spoke so low that nobody
+heard it except the boy whose ears were sharpened by illness.</p>
+
+<p>"I've brought you some more," said Bethea, holding out
+her bouquet, "shall I put them in the tumbler with the
+little one?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no!" cried the boy anxiously, "I think if you don't
+mind I'd rather you gave those to some of the other children.
+I can't like any fine new flowers as well as that little fellow.
+I feel as if he had made me well again!"</p>
+
+<p>The pansy expanded with pride, and a tear of gratitude
+rolled out of its eye, and fell with a splash on the cane
+chair-seat.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm going to have it dried in my old pocket book, when<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_26" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</a></span>
+it's really withered," continued the boy, "and then I shall be
+able to look at it always."</p>
+
+<p>When little Bethea next visited the hospital, the boy with
+the crooked leg was just leaving; but his leg was not crooked
+any longer; his face was bright and healthy, and safely
+buttoned up in his coat he carried a shabby old pocket
+book, in which lay a withered flower, with one word written
+underneath in large pencilled letters&mdash;"<i>Heartsease</i>."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_27" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="A_Story_of_Siena" id="A_Story_of_Siena"></a>A Story of Siena.</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER_I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The house stands on a hill on the outskirts of Siena,
+not far from the high red walls that still enclose
+the town, as entirely as they did in the times long
+passed by, when Siena was the powerful rival of Florence.</p>
+
+<p>Old frescoes, and the stone coats-of-arms of the dead and
+gone rulers of the place, decorate the great gates; which
+seem only waiting for a troop of knights and soldiers to pass
+through, and with a blast of their bugles awake the ancient
+inhabitants of the crooked streets, and fill them once more
+with the picturesque crowds of the middle ages.</p>
+
+<p>We can imagine that the old owners are but lying asleep
+in their many storied gothic palaces, their vaulted courtyards,
+and shady loggias; ready to rub their eyes and come out as
+they hear the well-known sounds ringing across the wide
+piazza.</p>
+
+<p>But the knights never come, and the old people go on
+sleeping; and the new people walk about the streets, and
+haggle at the market, and drive their country carts with the
+great patient white oxen, and crowd on Sunday up the broad<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_28" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</a></span>
+Cathedral steps to kneel in the dim light before the lighted
+altar, as generations have done before them.</p>
+
+<p>All round the town stretches the open country. Low
+sandy hills dotted with olive and cyprus trees, melting into
+a blue sweep of mountains; and about a mile from one of
+the gates stands the rambling white house with closed
+shutters in which Maddalena, the housekeeper, lived alone
+with her two grandchildren.</p>
+
+<p>She was a kind old woman and fond of the twins, who had
+been left orphans when they were mere babies, but she often
+thought that surely no grandmother had ever been plagued
+before, as she was plagued by Tuttu and Tutti.</p>
+
+<p>"When they were infants it was easy enough," she would
+declare to a sympathizing neighbour. "Give them a fig or
+something to play with, and they were perfectly happy; but
+at times now I am tempted to wish they had no legs, what
+with accidents and mischief.&mdash;Not that they're not fine
+children, and may be a comfort to my old age, but it's a
+harassing thing, waiting."</p>
+
+<p>It was certainly a fact that Tuttu and Tutti were constantly
+in mischief; and yet their curly black heads, red cheeks, and
+great brown eyes, were so attractive, that people&mdash;even those
+whose property had been seriously injured by them&mdash;treated
+them leniently, and let them off with a scolding.</p>
+
+<p>The twins were always repentant after one of their misfortunes,
+and made serious promises of amendment; but at the
+next temptation they forgot all their good resolutions, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_29" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</a></span>
+never remembered them until they were in disgrace again.</p>
+
+<p>Grandmother Maddalena devised numerous punishments
+for the children, such as tacking a cow's head cut out of red
+stuff, on their backs, when they had teazed Aunt Eucilda's
+cow&mdash;or tieing them up by one leg, with a long cord to
+the table, for stone-throwing; but Tuttu and Tutti were
+incorrigible.</p>
+
+<p>They wept loudly, embraced their grandmother, made all
+kinds of promises&mdash;and the next day went off to do just
+the same things all over again.</p>
+
+<p>There was only one person who had any influence over
+them, Father Giacomo, the priest of the little Church of
+Sancta Maria del Fiore, close by. He had known them from
+the time they were helpless babies in swaddling clothes,
+till they grew to be mischievous creatures in homespun
+trousers; and in every stage of character and clothing he had
+borne with them, taught them, played with them, and loved
+them, until the <i>Padre</i> had become their idea of all that was
+wise and good, and they would do more for the sake of
+pleasing him than for anyone in the world, not even excepting
+their grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>Every Sunday afternoon Father Giacomo called to take
+them for a walk, the one only sure way of keeping them out
+of mischief; and sometimes to their great delight they would
+go along the olive-bordered road to Siena, returning in the
+evening to the <i>Padre's</i> house, in time to have a good game
+with the two cats Neri and Bianca, who had lived there<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_30" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</a></span>
+since their infancy, as important members of the household.</p>
+
+<p>On their eighth birthday, Tuttu and Tutti assured their
+grandmother that they really intended to reform. They
+promised faithfully to give up tree climbing, fishing in the
+pond, and many other favourite sports, and commenced to
+dig in the piece of kitchen garden under their grandmother's
+direction. In fact so zealous did Tuttu become
+that he borrowed a knife from one of the farm labourers who
+was vine pruning, and cut the whole of the branches off a
+vine near the house, ending with a terrible gash in his own
+thumb, which necessitated his being carried in an ox-cart to
+the hospital in Siena, supported in his grandmother's arms;
+while Tutti walked behind weeping bitterly, under the
+impression that the doctor would certainly kill Tuttu this
+time for his carelessness.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu was not killed, however. The cut was sewn up,
+while the ox-cart with its good-natured driver waited outside,
+and the depressed party returned home, grandmother
+Maddalena clasping her little earthen pot full of hot wood
+ashes, which even in the excitement of the accident she had
+not forgotten to take with her, for it was a cold day in early
+springtime.[A]</p>
+
+<p>[A] A <i>scaldino</i>, carried about by all the Siennese women, and used in
+the house instead of a fire.</p>
+
+<p>Tutti was allowed to ride home in the cart, and sat
+holding Tuttu's hand, his eyes round with solemnity, the
+traces of tears still on his cheeks.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_31" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</a></span></p>
+<p>That night he went to sleep with his arm thrown round
+Tuttu's neck, his curly head resting against his shoulder&mdash;and
+though Tuttu was cramped and uncomfortable, and his
+thumb pained him, he remained heroically still until he
+also dropped asleep, and the two little brothers dreamed
+peacefully of pleasant things until the morning.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Well, thank Heaven! those children are safe for the
+present," said Maddalena, as she sat on a stone bench in
+the sun, with the dark clipped cyprus hedge behind her.</p>
+
+<p>To the right rose the stuccoed <i>Palazzo</i>, with its great
+stone coat-of-arms hanging over the entrance, and inside,
+a peep of the shady courtyard, with green tubs of orange
+trees, and the twinkle of a fountain that shot up high into
+the sunshine, and fell with a splash into a marble basin.</p>
+
+<p>Maddalena, in her broad Tuscan hat with its old-fashioned
+black velvet&mdash;for she would never give in to the modern
+innovations of flowers and ostrich feathers&mdash;held her distaff
+in her hand, and as she twisted the spindle and drew out
+the thread evenly, she thought with satisfaction of the
+improved behaviour of the twins.</p>
+
+<p>Ever since the accident they had been different creatures,
+and she wondered how long it would be before they could
+be apprenticed to some useful trade, and begin to bring in
+a little money.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_32" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"When I can get hold of the Padre alone I'll ask him
+about it; but he really does spoil these boys till I don't
+know which tyrannizes over him most&mdash;the two cats or the
+two children!"</p>
+
+<p>Maddalena's reflections were suddenly interrupted at this
+point by the appearance of her grandchildren from the back
+of the yew hedge by which she was sitting&mdash;Tuttu on all
+fours, neighing like a horse, with Tutti on his back, blowing
+a clay whistle.</p>
+
+<p>"We're only doing 'cavalry,' grandmother," gasped
+Tuttu, with a scarlet face, attempting to prance in a
+military manner.</p>
+
+<p>"Cavalry!" cried Maddalena, starting up. "Those
+children will be the death of me. Cavalry indeed! Look
+at your trousers, you disgrace. All the knees yellow sand,
+and the elbows in holes!" and she seized her distaff and
+waved it at them threateningly.</p>
+
+<p>To avoid his grandmother's arm, Tuttu hastily scrambled
+under the stone seat, but his unfortunate rider thrown off
+his balance, fell head first against the earthen <i>scaldino</i>, which
+was broken, and its ashes scattered on the path in all
+directions.</p>
+
+<p>When Tuttu, lying flat with only his head visible, saw this
+terrible misfortune; he crawled out from his hiding-place,
+and taking Tutti's hand helped him to get up, and stood
+courageously in front of his grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>"It was all my fault, grandmother. Don't scold him! I<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_33" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</a></span>
+made him do it, and I'm so sorry," he said, with a quiver in
+his voice, but Maddalena was too angry to listen to him.
+She had thrown her distaff on the ground, and was picking
+up the pieces of the yellow <i>scaldino</i> to see if it could possibly
+be fitted together again.</p>
+
+<p>"Go in both of you to bed," she called out without looking
+up, "and don't let me see either of you again to-day! Just
+when I had a moment's peace too, thinking you were at the
+Padre's. It really is too much."</p>
+
+<p>Tutti burst into loud sobs of terror and remorse, but Tuttu
+took him by the hand and, without speaking, led him away
+to the house.</p>
+
+<p>"Why don't you cry, too, Tuttu?" asked Tutti, stopping
+his tears to look in astonishment at his brother.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm too old," said Tuttu. "Grandmother's quite right,
+we do behave badly to her." And that was the beginning
+of a new era for Tuttu.</p>
+
+<p>The next day as soon as he was awake, he began to think
+seriously over any possible way by which he could earn
+enough money to buy a new <i>scaldino</i>. He dressed hurriedly
+and ran off to talk it over with Father Giacomo, and the
+result of the conference was a long but kind lecture of good
+advice, and permission to weed in the Padre's garden for
+the sum of one halfpenny for a large basketful.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu danced about with delight. "Why, I shall earn the
+money in no time at that rate," he cried, "and I'll buy the
+best <i>scaldino</i> in Siena!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_34" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>He felt that he must commence work immediately, and in
+the evening he staggered into Father Giacomo's, with a
+scarlet face, carrying a great hamper of green stuff.</p>
+
+<p>When he had a little recovered himself, he unfolded to his
+old friend another plan he had thought of during the day,
+which he was quite sure would please his grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got a broken <i>fiasco</i> that the gardener's given me," he
+said, "and I and Tutti mean to put a bean each into it every
+day we are really good. Then, at the end of the month&mdash;a
+whole month, mind!&mdash;we might take it up to grandmother."</p>
+
+<p>Father Giacomo highly approved of this idea, and encouraged
+the children by every means in his power; so that,
+for more than three weeks, the beans went in regularly
+and the halfpence in Tuttu's store, which he kept like a
+magpie hidden away in a crack of the woodwork, increased
+rapidly.</p>
+
+<p>Old Maddalena had long ago forgiven the children, for
+though she was often angry with them, she loved them really.
+She guessed that Tuttu was determined to replace the
+<i>scaldino</i>, as on several occasions he had not been able to
+resist a veiled hint on the subject; but she pretended perfect
+ignorance, and the two little boys might whisper and laugh
+to their heart's content&mdash;it was quite certain she never heard
+anything!</p>
+
+<p>One soft evening in May, Tuttu came into the Palazzo
+garden in a state of great excitement. His last basket of
+weeds had been handed in to Father Giacomo, and the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_35" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</a></span>
+entire sum for the <i>scaldino</i> lay in small copper pieces in a
+crumpled scarlet pocket handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all here," whispered Tuttu, one great smile stretching
+across his good-tempered little face. "Every penny of it!&mdash;Shall
+it be brown or yellow? It must have a pattern. We'll
+go into Siena to-morrow and buy it."</p>
+
+<p>"To Siena!" said Tutti in an awe-struck whisper, "We've
+never been there by ourselves."</p>
+
+<p>"Never mind, we're older now," replied Tuttu. "Don't
+you say anything about it, it's to be a surprise from beginning
+to end."</p>
+
+<p>Tutti agreed, as he always did with his brother. Of course
+Tuttu knew best, and it would sure to be all right.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>They started early in the morning, having put on their
+holiday clothes and brushed themselves; and as Bianca,
+who had come over from the Padre's house, insisted on
+following them, they tied a string to her red collar and
+determined to let her share the pleasure of their visit to the
+"great town."</p>
+
+<p>Their grandmother was still sleeping, but they left word
+with the gardener's boy that they had gone into Siena
+"on business."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_36" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This sounded well, Tuttu thought, and would disarm
+suspicion.</p>
+
+<p>The walk along the dusty high road was long and tiring,
+and they were glad when they arrived safely in the Piazza,
+where the market people had already begun to collect, for it
+was market day.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu carried his precious earnings tied up with intricate
+knots in the handkerchief, and stowed away in the largest of
+his pockets. He walked with conscious pride, knowing that
+he was a person of "property," and entering the pottery
+shop at the corner of the Piazza, began to cunningly tap the
+<i>scaldinos</i>, and peer into them; while Tutti stood by, lost
+in admiration at his brother's acuteness.</p>
+
+<p>Finally, a brown pot, with yellow stripes and spots, was
+chosen and paid for, wrapped in the red handkerchief, and
+carried off in triumph towards the Porta Camolla.</p>
+
+<p>"Whatever will grandmother say!" cried Tuttu, almost
+shouting for joy, "I wish I could run all the way. There'll
+be a big bean in the <i>fiasco</i> for each of us to-night, won't
+there, Tutti?"</p>
+
+<p>"You've got a little money left, haven't you, Tuttu?"
+enquired Tutti, who was always practical; "Couldn't we buy
+some cakes. I really feel very hungry."</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly not," said Tuttu, firmly, "I shall put it inside
+the <i>scaldino</i> for grandmother. That'll be the second surprise.
+Don't you see, Tutti?"</p>
+
+<p>"But it's only two half-pennies," argued Tutti.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_37" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, she'll be glad enough of that!" said Tuttu, and
+tramped on steadily up the street. "Come along, Tutti,
+we'll go into the Cathedral."</p>
+
+<p>Tutti remonstrated no more, he knew it was useless; and
+the two little boys, ascending a steep flight of steps, entered
+the Cathedral at a side door, and knelt down in the dim light
+in one of the chapels.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu repeated a prayer he had been taught, and
+then continued rapidly, "Thank you, too, very much,
+for making me and Tutti good; and please let us go on
+putting beans into the <i>fiasco</i> till it can't hold any more&mdash;and
+then we'll find something else...." He paused to
+meditate. "Make grandmother pleased with us, and bless
+the cats."</p>
+
+<p>Here Tuttu could think of nothing else, and nudged Tutti.</p>
+
+<p>"You go on, Tutti."</p>
+
+<p>"I think Tuttu's said everything," commenced Tutti in
+a whisper. "But please keep us out of the pond, and make
+us grow so that we can be artillery; and take us home safe,
+for the road's rather long, and we've never been there alone,
+and there's oxen about."</p>
+
+<p>"You shouldn't say that, Tutti," said Tuttu, reprovingly.
+"Oxen won't hurt you, and you shouldn't be a coward."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, shall I pray not to be a coward?" enquired Tutti.</p>
+
+<p>"If you think it's necessary," said Tuttu. "But you can
+save that for another time&mdash;we ought to be going now"&mdash;so
+Tutti got up, and the children pushed their way through<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_38" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</a></span>
+the heavy curtain by the door, and found themselves once
+more in the bright sunshine.</p>
+
+<p>Certainly Bianca had been no trouble to them. In the
+Cathedral she behaved in the most serious manner, sitting by
+their side, and never moving until they pulled the string to
+which she was fastened; when she got up solemnly, and
+followed them on to the Piazza.</p>
+
+<p>"I'm glad I prayed for you, Bianca, good cat!" said Tuttu.
+"You would never have allowed anyone to touch that <i>scaldino</i>,
+would you?"</p>
+
+<p>Bianca mewed. She was rather bewildered by her walk
+through the town, but as long as her two friends were
+satisfied, that was enough for her.</p>
+
+<p>As they came out upon the more crowded thoroughfare,
+the twins with their white cat attracted some attention, and
+many laughing remarks were shouted to them as they edged
+their way along the narrow paved street, where the absence
+of any pathway made it necessary to keep their eyes very
+wide open indeed, to avoid being run over by the carts and
+carriages.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 470px;">
+<img src="images/image057.png" width="470" height="400" alt="&quot;THE TWINS WITH THEIR WHITE CAT ATTRACTED SOME
+ATTENTION.&quot;" title="&quot;THE TWINS WITH THEIR WHITE CAT ATTRACTED SOME
+ATTENTION.&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE TWINS WITH THEIR WHITE CAT ATTRACTED SOME
+ATTENTION.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>Tutti walked in charge of Bianca, while Tuttu devoted
+all his attention to the <i>scaldino</i> in its red handkerchief,
+and a large green cotton umbrella he had brought from
+home in case the day should turn out to be rainy.</p>
+
+<p>This umbrella seemed to be endowed with life, so extraordinary
+was its power of wriggling itself under the legs of
+the passers by. It had to be constantly wrenched out, with<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_39" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</a></span>
+many apologies, by its owner; while the person who had been
+nearly tripped up by it, went on his&mdash;or her&mdash;way grumbling.</p>
+
+<p>No one did more than grumble, however, for the look of
+horror on Tuttu's face was irresistible.</p>
+
+<p>"Go on, Tutti; do hurry!" he cried, urgently. "I'm
+getting so hot with this horrible umbrella. It seems to
+catch hold of people whichever way I carry it!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_40" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"I <i>am</i> going," replied Tutti laconically. "But remember,
+I've got the cat."</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke a boy darted out from one of the grim old
+houses close by, and picking up a loose stone threw it at
+Bianca, grazing her head, and leaving a great red stain that
+commenced to trickle slowly down her spotless white body.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu, his eyes blazing with wrath, placed the <i>scaldino</i> by
+the side of the kerbstone, and darted at the boy, waving his
+umbrella; while Tutti threw his arms round Bianca's neck
+and tried to hush her mews of terror by a shower of tears
+and kisses.</p>
+
+<p>"How <i>dare</i> you?" shouted Tuttu, beside himself with
+anger. "Go away, and leave our poor Bianca! You've
+killed her, I expect; and I wish I could kill you!" But
+even in the midst of his ungovernable rage, Tutti's voice
+reached him.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Tuttu, Tuttu! the <i>scaldino</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu darted across the street towards the stone where
+he had left the precious red bundle. There it was, lying unhurt,
+and he was about to seize it and carry it to a place of
+safety, when a fast-trotting horse with one of the light
+country gigs behind him, dashed down the street.</p>
+
+<p>"Get out of the way! Get out of the way!" shouted the
+driver&mdash;but it was too late!</p>
+
+<p>The gig flew on, and Tuttu lay white and quiet, the
+<i>scaldino</i> still grasped in his two little outstretched hands.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_41" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Where's the <i>scaldino</i>, grandmother?" were Tuttu's first
+words, when he woke up to find himself lying on a little bed
+in a long room, with Maddalena and Father Giacomo bending
+over him. "We saved up.... It's all for you...." he
+muttered brokenly, "Have you got it?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, my lamb. A beautiful one it is," said the old
+woman, the tears streaming down her wrinkled face. "You
+lie still and get better, my Tuttu."</p>
+
+<p>"I will, grandmother, but I want you to see the surprise
+inside. It's from weeding.... Father Giacomo will tell you.
+I'm so tired, grandmother.... How's Bianca?"</p>
+
+<p>"Very well, Tuttu, she has only a slight scratch.... Oh,
+my poor boy!" and Father Giacomo's voice broke.</p>
+
+<p>"Is it near evening?" said Tuttu, after a few minutes,
+during which he lay moving his head restlessly.</p>
+
+<p>"It soon will be," said the Padre. "Why do you ask,
+Tuttu?"</p>
+
+<p>"The <i>fiasco</i>.... Do you think I may put a bean in
+to-night, or was I too angry?"</p>
+
+<p>"You may, Tuttu," said Father Giacomo, turning away
+his head. "If you tell me where it is, I will send for it."</p>
+
+<p>"By the melon bed. Tutti knows. He'll bring it,"
+whispered Tuttu. "It's nearly full&mdash;only four days more.
+Put one in for Tutti."</p>
+
+<p>As the setting sun streamed into the long room, Tutti<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_42" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</a></span>
+crept in, holding Father Giacomo's hand; carrying the broken
+<i>fiasco</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Tuttu awoke from a restless sleep as they entered, and
+smiled with a faint reflection of his old happy laugh. "That's
+right, Tutti. You <i>have</i> been good, haven't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes," quavered Tutti, lifting his terrified, tear-stained
+face to his brother.</p>
+
+<p>"Put your bean in then, Tutti, and give me mine. It's
+getting so late, it's almost night-time."</p>
+
+<p>Tutti held out the bean with a trembling hand, and as it
+dropped into the old bottle, little Tuttu gave a quiet sigh.</p>
+
+<p>"It only wants four more," he said happily.</p>
+
+<p>Only four more! But Tuttu might never put them in.
+That night he started on a long, long journey, and as the old
+grandmother with choking sobs placed the broken bottle on
+a shelf among her treasures, she turned to Tutti who was
+lying, worn out with grief, upon the doorstep.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, my Tutti," she said, "there are only us two now.
+We must try and be very good to each other."</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>Years afterwards, Tutti, coming home on leave&mdash;for he
+had clung to his childish idea of being a soldier&mdash;found the
+broken <i>fiasco</i> in the corner where his grandmother had hidden
+it; and taking out the beans that had been lying there so
+long, he carried them to a little grave with a small white
+cross at the head of it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_43" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Dear Tuttu! He would like to have these growing
+round him," he thought, and planted them carefully amongst
+the flowers and grasses.</p>
+
+<p>Grandmother Maddalena was too old to move out of the
+house now, but Father Giacomo watered the beans lovingly,
+and in the soft spring air they grew rapidly, so that they soon
+formed a beautiful tangle, hiding the cross and even the
+name that still stood there clearly in black letters</p>
+
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">Tuttu</span>."<br /></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_44" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Stone-Maiden" id="The_Stone-Maiden"></a>The Stone-Maiden.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Atven was the son of a fisherman, and lived with
+his father on a flat sandy coast far away in the
+North-land.</p>
+
+<p>Great rocks strewed the shore about their hut, and the
+child had often been told how, long, long ago, the giant Thor
+fought single-handed against a shipload of wild men who
+attempted to land in the little bay; and drove them off&mdash;killing
+some, and changing others into the wonderful stones
+that remained there to that day.</p>
+
+<p>The country people called them "Thor's balls;" and
+Atven often wandered about amongst them, trying to find
+likenesses to the old warriors in their weather-worn surfaces;
+and peering into every hole and cranny&mdash;half dreading, half
+hoping to see a stone hand stretched out to him from the
+misty shadows of the past.</p>
+
+<p>Here and there, a row of smaller boulders lay half sunk in
+the sand, with only their rounded tops, covered with long
+brown seaweed, appearing above the surface.</p>
+
+<p>These, Atven decided, must be the heads of the ancient
+Norsemen, and further on stood their huge mis-shapen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_45" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</a></span>
+bodies, twisted into every imaginable form, and covered by
+myriads of shell-fish, that clung to their grey sides like suits
+of shining armour.</p>
+
+<p>Atven was often lonely; for he had no brothers or sisters,
+and his mother had died many years before. He was a shy,
+wild boy&mdash;more at home with the sea birds that flew about
+the lonely shore, than with the children he met sometimes
+as he wandered about the country; but in spite of his shyness
+he had friends who loved him everywhere he went.
+The house dogs on every farm knew his step, and ran
+out to greet him; the horses rubbed their noses softly
+upon his homespun tunic; the birds clustered on his
+shoulders; the cats came purring up, and the oxen lowed and
+shook their bells as soon as they caught sight of him. The
+very hens cackled loudly for joy&mdash;and Atven would caress
+them all with his brown hand, and had a kind word for every
+one of them.</p>
+
+<p>All the short Northern summer, Atven spent his evenings
+in searching about amongst "Thor's balls" for traces of the
+warriors of the old legend; and one night, in the soft clearness
+of the twilight, he came upon something that rewarded
+him for all his patient perseverance.</p>
+
+<p>Lifting a mass of seaweed that had completely covered
+one of the larger rocks, he saw before him the graceful form
+of a little Stone-maiden!</p>
+
+<p>There she lay, as though quietly sleeping, her long dress
+falling in straight folds to her feet, her rippled hair spreading<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_46" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</a></span>
+about her. One small hand grasped a chain upon her neck,
+the other was embedded in the rock on which she was lying.</p>
+
+<p>Atven was so astonished that he stared at the child-figure
+as if turned into a statue himself.</p>
+
+<p>Then he realized that his long search had been rewarded,
+and he fell on his knees and prayed that the Stone-maiden
+might be released from her prison, and given to him to be
+a little playfellow.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as it was daylight the next morning, he started
+off to ask the advice of his one friend, the old Priest of
+Adgard.</p>
+
+<p>The day was fine, with a crisp northern air, and a bright
+sun that danced on the long stretches of sandy grass, and
+on the swaying boughs of the fir trees.</p>
+
+<p>Atven's heart beat hopefully as he neared the neat wooden
+house in which the old Priest lived.</p>
+
+<p>Father Johannes welcomed him kindly, as he always did;
+and listened attentively whilst Atven told his story.</p>
+
+<p>"It must have consideration, my child," he said. "I
+will come down to the shore to-morrow&mdash;perhaps I may
+be able to think of something."</p>
+
+<p>Atven took up his cap humbly, and started on his homeward
+journey.</p>
+
+<p>As he threaded his way beneath the shadows of the pine-trees,
+the sun's fingers darted through the branches and drew
+a golden pattern on the mossy ground under his feet; the
+mosquitoes hummed drowsily, the air was full of soft<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_47" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</a></span>
+summer warmth and brightness&mdash;but Atven's thoughts were
+far away with the ancient legend and the Stone-maiden.</p>
+
+<p>How had she come to be amongst the shipload of "wild-men"
+in the misty ages when Thor yet walked the earth?
+Had she a father and mother who loved her, and perhaps
+brothers and sisters&mdash;and how long had she been sleeping
+so quietly in the arms of the great rock?</p>
+
+<p>It was a strange cradle, with only the sea to sing her
+lullaby, and wash her lovingly, like a tender mother!</p>
+
+<p>Atven hurried on; and as he peered before him with
+sun-dazzled eyes, he thought he saw a figure flitting in and
+out between the brown tree stems.</p>
+
+<p>It was a small, light figure, with a strange kind of loose
+dress, and long floating hair of a beautiful gold colour. It
+glided along so rapidly that Atven had some difficulty in
+keeping pace with it.</p>
+
+<p>Every now and again it seemed to be beckoning to him
+with one little hand; and at last as he ran faster and faster,
+it suddenly turned its head, and he saw the face of a
+beautiful young woman. Her brown eyes were soft and
+clear, and her cheeks tinted with a colour so delicate, it
+reminded Atven of the little pink shells he sometimes found
+after a storm upon the sea-shore.</p>
+
+<p>"Atven! Atven!" she murmured, "You have found my
+child. Give her life! Give her life!"</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me what I am to do!" cried Atven, and stretched
+out his hands towards the beautiful young woman; but at<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_48" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</a></span>
+that moment she reached the shore, and gliding between
+the boulders, disappeared amongst their dark shadows.</p>
+
+<p>Atven threw himself down beside the rock on which the
+Stone-maiden lay sleeping. He grieved for her so much that
+tears rolled slowly down his cheeks, and as they touched the
+stone, the great boulder shook and crumbled, and a shudder
+passed over the figure of the Stone-maiden. She seemed to
+Atven to sigh gently, and half open her eyes; but in a
+moment they closed again; the rock settled into its place,
+and everything was motionless.</p>
+
+<p>"To-morrow! To-morrow!" he said to himself, "When
+Father Johannes comes, he will help me."</p>
+
+<p>Early next morning the old Priest knocked at the door of
+the fisherman's hut. He had started at daybreak, for he
+knew that Atven would be anxiously awaiting him.</p>
+
+<p>They went down together to the shore; and when Father
+Johannes saw the figure of the sleeping child, he took out
+of his bark basket, a little jar of water from the Church Well,
+and sprinkled it over her.</p>
+
+<p>The Stone-maiden stirred and opened her eyes. She
+raised her hands, breathed gently, and lifting her head, gazed
+at the old Priest and the boy with wistful brown eyes, like
+those of the figure Atven had met in the forest.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is my father? Where am I?" she asked, in a
+low soft voice, as she rose up from the rock, and shook out
+the folds of her long dress.</p>
+
+<p>Father Johannes took her hand, and gently repeated the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_49" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</a></span>
+old legend; while the Stone-maiden listened with wide-open
+eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"I remember it all now," she said, as the puzzled look
+faded from her face. "We had but just landed when the
+thick cloud came down, and a shower of stones fell upon us.
+My father was smitten down with all his followers, and I
+only was left weeping upon the shore. A cold air seemed
+to breathe upon me, and I fell asleep."</p>
+
+<p>She spoke slowly, in the old Norse tongue, but Father
+Johannes had studied it, and understood her without much
+questioning.</p>
+
+<p>"Where was your mother?" he asked kindly, as Atven
+with smiles of delight, seized her other hand.</p>
+
+<p>"My mother died just before we set sail, and my father
+would not leave me lonely," answered the Stone-maiden
+sadly.</p>
+
+<p>"But we will all love you now," cried Atven. "I will
+grow tall and strong to work for you, and you shall never be
+unhappy any more!"</p>
+
+<p>The Stone-maiden smiled, as she stood on the threshold
+of her new life. She looked up trustingly at her two friends,
+and the old Priest of Asgard, bending down, laid his hand
+upon her head with a gentle blessing.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The Warriors' heads, with their tangled elf-locks, still peer
+out of the drifting sand&mdash;the twisted bodies in their sea<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_50" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</a></span>
+armour, lie half surrounded by the green waters; but the
+log hut, and Atven have vanished into the misty shadows of
+the past. They, and the good old priest, have drifted away
+to Shadow-Land.</p>
+
+<p>Only the sea talks of them still; and croons them a lullaby,
+as soft as the centuries-old song, it sang over the cradle of
+the enchanted Stone-maiden.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_51" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Grass_of_Parnassus" id="The_Grass_of_Parnassus"></a>The Grass of Parnassus.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>On the banks of a clear stream in one of the far
+away Greek islands, grew a small flowering plant,
+with delicate stem and transparent white flower,
+called "Grass of Parnassus."</p>
+
+<p>Every day it saw its own face, reflected in the running
+water, and every day it made the same complaint&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"This place is beautiful, the soft earth wraps me round,
+the branches bend over me, but I can never be happy, for
+I have never seen a River-God!"</p>
+
+<p>The fish swimming close to the shore had talked to the
+Grass, of the mysterious race who lived in the shallows of
+the river, higher up, where it broadened into a lake; and
+played on their rude pipes as they rested in the flickering
+gloom of the water-weeds and rushes.</p>
+
+<p>"Everyone has seen the River-Gods but me!" said the
+white flower. "The wind brings me the floating sound of
+their piping&mdash;I can even hear their laughter, and the echo
+of their voices. Yet they do not come, and I may wither, and
+never have the happiness I long for!"</p>
+
+<p>But one day, the river-side thrilled, with a strange, new<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_52" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</a></span>
+feeling of hope and expectation. The sun shone, a faint
+breeze stirred the trees; and down the stream waded a
+beautiful youth, carrying his pipes in his hand, blowing a few
+notes mournfully, at long intervals. His hair, crowned with
+an ivy wreath, hung down, curled and tangled; his hoof-feet
+splashed in the shallows of the water, and he cried&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Nadi&auml;! Nadi&auml;! Where are you hiding&mdash;Why do you
+not come to me?"</p>
+
+<p>The white flower remained, enchanted and motionless, upon
+its stem, bending its yellow eye upon the stranger.</p>
+
+<p>"Nadi&auml;! Nadi&auml;!" the voice wailed, "Do not hide from
+me any more!&mdash;Come to me!"</p>
+
+<p>The bushes rustled and parted; a delicate girl's face looked
+out, and a wood nymph in floating garments, slid to the
+side of the stream, and dabbled her white feet in the water.</p>
+
+<p>The youth gave a cry of joy; "I have found you, Nadi&auml;!
+I have piped to you, and called to you till I was weary;
+but I loved you, and at last I have found you!"</p>
+
+<p>The wood nymph smiled as she sat in the flickering
+shadows&mdash;and the River-God bending down, gathered the
+Grass of Parnassus, and placed it timidly in her shining
+tresses.</p>
+
+<p>The wish of the white flower had been fulfilled; but the
+end of its life's longing was&mdash;Death.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_53" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Hedgehogs_Coffee_Party" id="The_Hedgehogs_Coffee_Party"></a>The Hedgehogs' Coffee Party.</h2>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">A Story of Thuringia.</span></h4>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>It was winter time, and the Thuringia-Wald lay
+still and white under its snowy covering.</p>
+
+<p>The fir trees waved their branches in the frosty
+air, and a clear moon had risen over the mountains.</p>
+
+<p>All was quiet and deserted, except that a faint sound of
+music and singing floated on the wind, coming undoubtedly
+from the comfortable burrow of the Hedgehog family, who
+lived under one of the largest pine stumps.</p>
+
+<p>Councillor Igel&mdash;for the father was a member of the
+Hedgehog Government&mdash;had consented to allow the young
+people to have one or two friends to coffee, and they had
+been dancing with the greatest spirit for the last half hour.</p>
+
+<p>By the porcelain stove stood the Councillor's only brother,
+Uncle Columbus, who had devoted himself since childhood
+to learned pursuits, and was much respected by the rest of
+the family.</p>
+
+<p>He looked down upon all amusements as frivolous, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_54" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</a></span>
+then he had been to College, so his superior mind was only
+what was to be expected.</p>
+
+<p>The Councillor belonged to an ancient Thuringian race
+who had been settled for centuries in the forest near the
+little town of Ruhla. They were a proud family, for one
+of their uncles had, some years before, been called to take
+up the position of Court Hedgehog at the Royal country
+Palace, where he moved in the highest society, and occasionally
+invited his relations to visit him.</p>
+
+<p>"But fifty miles is really almost too far to go with nothing
+but a cup of coffee at the end," said the Hedgehog-mother,
+"and he never invites us to sleep. We don't, therefore, see
+so much of him as we otherwise should do."</p>
+
+<p>"That must be very trying," replied the Mole-mother, to
+whom these confidences were being poured out.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, for of course it would be an inestimable advantage
+to the children to see a little Court life. However, with the
+fashions altering so quickly, it would be difficult for me to
+arrange their dresses in the last mode&mdash;and I couldn't have
+them looked down upon."</p>
+
+<p>"Of course not," humbly replied the Mole-mother. She
+was sitting by the table, with her homespun knitting in her
+hand; and though she was trying to pay attention to her
+friend's words, she was arranging her dinner for the next day
+at the same time, and wondering whether her eldest child
+could have one more tuck let out of her frock before Christmas
+time.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_55" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It's all very well for the Hedgehog-mother," she thought.
+"She comes of a high family, and can live in luxury; but
+with all my children, and my poor husband working away
+from morning till night, I'm obliged to plan every coffee
+bean, or I could never keep the house together!"</p>
+
+<p>The Councillor's wife, however, talked on without noticing
+her distraction.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you ever find any inconveniences from living so near
+the town?" she enquired. "Do the boys ever annoy you?
+They are sometimes very ill-bred."</p>
+
+<p>"Our house is in such a retired position, I seldom see anyone,"
+replied the Mole-mother. "The Forester's family are
+our nearest neighbours, and really they are so kind they might
+almost be Moles themselves."</p>
+
+<p>"That is very pleasant for you," said the Frau Councillor.
+"<i>Our</i> case is quite different. The Rats who keep the inn at
+the cross roads, are most disagreeable people. We can't
+associate with them."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 354px;">
+<img src="images/image075.png" width="354" height="400" alt="&quot;THE RATS WHO KEEP THE INN ARE MOST DISAGREEABLE
+PEOPLE.&quot;" title="&quot;THE RATS WHO KEEP THE INN ARE MOST DISAGREEABLE
+PEOPLE.&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE RATS WHO KEEP THE INN ARE MOST DISAGREEABLE
+PEOPLE.&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>"Gypsies!" cried Uncle Columbus at this moment. He
+had an unpleasant habit when he did not like the conversation,
+of suddenly reminding the family of a tragedy that had
+happened some sixty years ago, when a promising young
+Hedgehog had been carried off to captivity by a band of
+travelling Tinkers, and finally disposed of in a way too terrible
+to be alluded to.</p>
+
+<p>The Councillor's wife looked angry, and hastily changed
+the subject.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_56" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"He is quite a trial to us sometimes!" she whispered to
+the Mole-mother. "Such bad taste to mention Gypsies.
+It makes me tremble in every quill!"</p>
+
+<p>"I think I must be going now," said the Mole-mother
+hurriedly, putting away her knitting into a reticule, and
+tying a woollen hood over her head&mdash;for she felt that it
+would not do for strangers to be mixed up in these family
+matters.</p>
+
+<p>Calling her children to her, she helped them into their
+warm galoshes; and lighting a small lantern, they were soon
+out in the snowy forest.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Oh, mother, I wish we were rich like the Hedgehogs,"
+cried the eldest daughter, Emmie; "Wilhelm and Fritz
+are so fashionable, and on Berta's birthday they are going
+to give a grand coffee party, to which the Court Hedgehog
+is expected!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, they won't ask us, so you had better not think
+too much about it," said the Mole-mother; "don't let your
+mind run on vanities."</p>
+
+<p>As she spoke they saw the two rats from the Inn coming
+towards them. The elder&mdash;the proprietor of the Inn&mdash;in
+a peasant's dress with a pipe in his mouth, dragging a
+small sledge on which three infant rats were seated, wrapped<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_57" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</a></span>
+in a fur rug, while their mother walked beside them, her
+homespun cloak trailing over the snow.</p>
+
+<p>"Good evening, neighbours!" cried the Mole-mother
+pleasantly, for though she did not exactly approve of the
+Rat household, she always treated them with civility.
+"Where are you out so late? How well the children are
+looking!"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, they grow rapidly&mdash;bless their little tails and
+whiskers!" said the Rat-mother proudly. "We have just
+been to my brother's in the town, taking a cup of coffee
+with him, and there we heard some news. <i>I</i> can tell you!
+There's to be a grand Coffee Party at the Hedgehogs, and
+though all the guests have been invited, <i>we</i> alone are left
+out. Most insulting <i>I</i> call it!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it <i>is</i> rude," allowed the Mole-mother, "but they've
+not asked us either. You see the Court Hedgehog is to be
+there, and so it is very select."</p>
+
+<p>"Select! I'll make them select!" growled the proprietor
+of the Inn with a scowl. "Who are they I should like to
+know? They may have Gypsies upon them at any moment!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I hope not!" cried the Mole-mother.</p>
+
+<p>"There's a Tinker's boy in the town," said the Innkeeper,
+darkly, "and he's always looking out for Hedgehogs&mdash;I
+shouldn't be surprised if he heard where the family live."</p>
+
+<p>"Good-night!" said the Mole-mother, nervously, and
+hurried on with her children.</p>
+
+<p>"Some mischief will be done if we don't watch," she said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_58" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</a></span>
+to Emmie, who was a mole of unusual intelligence. "I'll
+tell your brother to keep his eye on the Rat Inn."</p>
+
+<p>After about half an hour's walking, they arrived at home;
+for their house was in a secluded position in the most unfrequented
+part of the forest.</p>
+
+<p>Though very simple, it was clean and well kept, and
+furnished with a large cooking stove, a four-post bedstead,
+and a few wooden benches.</p>
+
+<p>In the one arm-chair sat the Mole-father, reading the
+newspaper; while his sister, Aunt Betta, with a cap with
+long streaming ribbons on her head, was busily stirring
+something in a saucepan.</p>
+
+<p>As the Mole-mother and her family, descended the stone
+stairway that led from the upper air, a delicious smell of
+cooking greeted them. Two large tallow candles were burning
+brightly, and altogether the house presented a very lively
+appearance.</p>
+
+<p>"Here you are at last," cried the Mole-father. "Supper is
+just ready, and I have sent Karl to the Inn for some
+lager-beer."</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder if he will hear anything," said the Mole-mother
+taking off her galoshes; and then she related all the news of
+the evening.</p>
+
+<p>"If there isn't some mischief brewing, may I be made into
+waistcoats!" exclaimed the Mole-father, throwing down his
+newspaper.</p>
+
+<p>It was his favourite expression when much excited, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_59" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</a></span>
+never failed to give the Mole-mother a shiver all down her
+back. She called it such very strong language.</p>
+
+<p>At this moment Karl came clattering down the steps.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, father! mother! I <i>have</i> heard something!" he
+shouted. "The Rat-father has started off to the Tinker's to
+tell the boy where the Hedgehogs are living!"</p>
+
+<p>The Mole-mother sank down on a bench gasping.</p>
+
+<p>"He's done it then! Oh, the poor Hedgehogs!" she
+cried wringing her hands, "They'll be cooked in clay before
+they can turn round."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be in such a hurry, wife," said the Mole-father.
+"I've thought of something. We won't terrify the Hedgehogs&mdash;What
+can <i>they</i> do?&mdash;but we'll collect all the Moles of
+the neighbourhood, and make a burrow all round the house;
+then if the Tinker's son comes, he'll fall in, and can't get
+any further. What do you think of that, eh?"</p>
+
+<p>"An excellent idea!" said the Mole-mother, recovering.
+"Send Karl round to-night, and begin the first thing to-morrow
+morning."</p>
+
+<p>As soon as daylight dawned in the forest, the Mole-father,
+accompanied by his wife and children, and all their
+friends; went out in a long procession, with their shovels and
+wheelbarrows, and commenced work round the Hedgehogs'
+house.</p>
+
+<p>The Councillor's family were so busily occupied in turning
+out, and arranging, their rooms for the festivity&mdash;which was to
+include a dance in the evening&mdash;that they had no time to take<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_60" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</a></span>
+any notice of the Moles' digging; in fact they never even
+observed it. The younger Hedgehogs were roasting coffee.
+The house-mother sugared the cakes in the back-kitchen,
+while the Councillor, with a large holland apron, rubbed
+down the floor, and gave a final dust to the furniture.</p>
+
+<p>As to Uncle Columbus&mdash;he sat on a sort of island of chairs
+in one corner, studying a book, and looking on misanthropically
+at the preparations.</p>
+
+<p>The Moles, therefore, were quite uninterrupted, and
+burrowed away vigorously, until the earth all round the
+house was mined to a depth of several feet; and they returned
+home to dinner in high spirits.</p>
+
+<p>"If that boy dares to venture, may I be made into waistcoats,
+if he doesn't fall in!" cried the Mole-father, wiping
+his face with a red cotton pocket-handkerchief&mdash;for though
+the snow was on the ground the work was exhausting.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Tinker's family sat round a fire, in one of the tumble-down
+wooden cottages that dotted the outskirts of the little
+town of Ruhla.</p>
+
+<p>A small stove scarcely warmed the one room, for great
+cracks appeared in the walls in every direction.</p>
+
+<p>"We've got no dinner to-day; are you going after those
+Hedgehogs?" said the Tinker to his son Otto. "Now you<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_61" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</a></span>
+know where they are, it will be an easy thing to get hold
+of them."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; we'll have a fine supper to-night," said Otto,
+stamping his feet to get them warm. "Come with me,
+Johann, and we'll take the old sack over our shoulders to
+bring them back in."</p>
+
+<p>They started off over the crisp snow sparkling in the
+early sunshine, away to the forest; and straight towards the
+great pine tree, which sheltered the underground home of
+Councillor Igel.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Johann!" cried Otto, bounding along over the
+slippery pathway; but Johann was small and fat, and his
+little legs could not keep pace with Otto's long ones. He
+soon fell behind, and Otto raced on by himself.</p>
+
+<p>"Do be careful, Otto! There's lots of Moles here," cried
+little Johann, but Otto did not stop to listen. On he ran
+almost up to the pine tree; when Johann saw him suddenly
+jump into the air, and disappear through the snow with a
+loud shriek.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>At the sound of the fall, the Councillor ran up the steps to
+his front door, and put out his head cautiously to see what
+was the matter.</p>
+
+<p>"Gypsies!" said Uncle Columbus without raising his eyes<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_62" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</a></span>
+from his book; and for the first time in his life he was right!</p>
+
+<p>Gypsies it certainly was, as the Councillor soon determined;
+and he hastily scratched some snow over the door,
+and retired to the back kitchen with his whole family, in a
+terrible state of fright and excitement.</p>
+
+<p>"What <i>can</i> the boy have fallen into?" he enquired vainly
+of the Hedgehog-mother, and of Uncle Columbus, in turn.
+"There are no houses there that <i>I</i> know of. We have been
+saved by almost a miracle!"</p>
+
+<p>As they remained shuddering in a little frightened knot&mdash;only
+Uncle Columbus maintaining his philosophical calm&mdash;the
+air filled with the odour of burnt sugar; a faint knocking
+was heard against the side of the stove pipe, and in another
+minute the Mole-father's red nightcap appeared through a
+hole, and his kind face shortly followed.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't be frightened," he said reassuringly. "I have
+made a little tunnel and come through&mdash;merely to
+explain things. I thought perhaps you might be a little
+alarmed."</p>
+
+<p>"Alarmed!" cried the Hedgehog-mother. "It doesn't
+describe it! Terrified, and distracted, is nearer to the real
+thing. The sugar biscuits are all spoilt, for I forgot them
+in the oven; and my daughter Berta fainted on the top of
+the stove, and is so seriously singed, she will be unable to
+appear at the party. Not that we shall be able to have a
+party now," continued the Hedgehog-mother, weeping, "for
+Uncle Columbus sat down on the plum cake in mistake for a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_63" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</a></span>
+foot-stool, and Fritz has trodden on the punch bottles. Oh,
+what a series of misfortunes!"</p>
+
+<p>"Cheer up, my good neighbour, all will come right in
+time," said the Mole-father encouragingly.</p>
+
+<p>"As long as the Court Hedgehog doesn't appear in the
+middle," wailed the Councillor. "It makes me shudder in
+every quill to think of it. Not even a front door to receive
+him at!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, as to that, let him come to us, and we will give
+him the best we have," replied the Mole-father. "Our place
+is homely, but I daresay he will condescend to put up with it
+till your house is in order again. I sent Karl on to intercept
+him, and explain just how it is. He will take him straight
+to our house till you are ready for him."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I must say you have been exceedingly thoughtful,"
+said the Councillor, pompously, "and I feel sincerely grateful
+to you; but now, will you kindly explain to me the cause
+of this severe disturbance?"</p>
+
+<p>"I think I'll come into the room first, if you'll allow me,"
+said the Mole-father. "I am getting rather a crick in the
+neck from sticking my head through here."</p>
+
+<p>"Come in by all means," said the Hedgehog-mother,
+graciously. "I am sorry to be obliged to receive you in this
+humble apartment."</p>
+
+<p>"Gypsies!" growled Uncle Columbus, who was brushing
+the currants and crumbs off his coat with a duster.</p>
+
+<p>The Mole-father had by this time worked himself into the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_64" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</a></span>
+kitchen, dragging his spade after him; and seated on a bench
+by the stove, he related the whole story to the Councillor,
+but carefully omitted to give the name of the person who
+had betrayed the Hedgehogs to the Tinker's family; and notwithstanding
+the requests of the whole family, he firmly
+refused to do so.</p>
+
+<p>"All's well that ends well," he said cheerfully, "and as I
+heard the Tinker forbidding his sons ever to come near the
+place again, you will be quite safe in the future."</p>
+
+<p>"What has happened to that dreadful boy? Is he still
+in the hole, or have they got him out?" enquired the
+Hedgehog-mother anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Got him out some time ago," said the Mole-father,
+"and carried him off to the hospital. Broke his leg, I am
+sorry to say, though it's nothing very bad. He will be all
+right in six weeks or so. I don't think much of those human
+fractures."</p>
+
+<p>"Serves him right," said the Councillor viciously. "And
+now, my good preserver, in what way can we show our
+gratitude to you? I shall send Fritz and Wilhelm into the
+town for more provisions, and we might have our Coffee
+Party after all. What do you say to that, my children?"</p>
+
+<p>The family clapped their hands joyfully.</p>
+
+<p>"I trust you and your family will grace the party?"
+said the Hedgehog-mother to the old Mole.</p>
+
+<p>"On one condition," he replied, "I shall be delighted to
+do so; and that is that you will allow me to ask the Rats<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_65" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</a></span>
+from the Inn. They are touchy people, and do not readily
+forgive an injury."</p>
+
+<p>"What I said all along," muttered Uncle Columbus,
+lifting his eyes from his dusting. "I said 'away with pride,'
+but I wasn't listened to."</p>
+
+<p>"You will be now," said the Councillor in a soothing and
+dignified manner. "Certainly; send an invitation to the
+Inn if you wish it. Just write, 'To meet the Court Hedgehog,'
+at the top, Wilhelm; it will make it more gratifying."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER V.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Court Hedgehog, with an escort of six guards, had
+meanwhile arrived at the Mole's house, and was being entertained
+by the Mole-mother and her children, who were all
+in a state of great nervousness.</p>
+
+<p>The Court Hedgehog, however, appeared to be more
+condescending than could have been expected from his
+position. He accepted some refreshment, and a pipe of
+the Mole-father's tobacco, and then reclining in the one
+easy chair, he awaited the course of events with calmness.</p>
+
+<p>Here the Councillor found him some hours later, when the
+confusion in the Hedgehog household having been smoothed
+over&mdash;a deputation of the father and sons started to bring
+the distinguished guest home in triumph.</p>
+
+<p>The rooms in the Councillor's house had all been gaily<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_66" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</a></span>
+decorated with pine branches; the stove sent out a pleasant
+glow; and the Hedgehog-mother, in her best cap and a stiff
+black silk dress, stood waiting to welcome her guests in the
+ante-room.</p>
+
+<p>By her side sat Berta, who had fortunately recovered
+sufficiently to be present at the entertainment; though still
+suffering from the effects of the shock, and with her
+head tied up in a silk handkerchief.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 386px;">
+<img src="images/image088.png" width="386" height="400" alt="The Court Hedgehog." title="The Court Hedgehog." />
+</div>
+
+<p>As the Court Hedgehog appeared in the doorway, three of the younger
+children, concealed in a bower of branches, commenced to sing an ode
+composed by Uncle Columbus for the occasion, beginning "Welcome to our
+honoured guest,"&mdash;while a fiddler hired for the occasion
+accompanied it upon the violin, behind a red curtain.</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_67" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The first visitors to arrive were the Moles; followed by
+the Rat family, who were filled with remorse when they
+received the invitation, at the thought of their treacherous
+behaviour.</p>
+
+<p>"I declare, mother," said the Innkeeper to his wife in a
+whisper, "the Mole-father is such a good creature, I shall
+be ashamed to quarrel with any of his friends for the future.
+'Live and let live,' ought to be our motto."</p>
+
+<p>Uncle Columbus did not appear till late in the evening,
+when he entered the room dressed in an antiquated blue
+coat with brass buttons, finished off by a high stand-up
+white collar.</p>
+
+<p>He staggered in, carrying a large plum cake about twice
+the size of the one he had unfortunately sat down upon;
+which he placed upon the coffee table, where the Hedgehog-mother
+was presiding over a large collection of various cups,
+mugs, and saucers.</p>
+
+<p>"I have only just come back from town, where I went
+to procure a cake fit for this happy occasion," he whispered.
+"It does my heart good to see this neighbourly gathering,
+and I have made up my mind to promise you something in
+memory of the event. I will from this day, give up for ever a
+habit which I know has been objectionable to you&mdash;the word
+'Gypsies' shall never again be mentioned in the family."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_68" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Uncle_Volodia" id="Uncle_Volodia"></a>Uncle Volodia.</h2>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">A Story of a Russian Village</span>.</h4>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>On the one hill of the district, just outside the village
+of Viletna, stood the great house belonging to
+Madame Olsheffsky.</p>
+
+<p>All round it lay, what had once in the days gone by, been
+elaborate gardens, but were now a mere tangle of brushwood,
+waving grass, and wild flowers.</p>
+
+<p>Beyond this, again, were fields of rye and hemp, bounded
+on one side by the shining waters of the great Seloe Lake,
+dug by hundreds of slaves in the time of Madame Olsheffsky's
+great-grandfather; and on the other by the dim greenness
+of a pine forest, which stretched away into the distance for
+mile after mile, until it seemed to melt into the misty line
+of the horizon.</p>
+
+<p>Between the lake and the gardens of the great house, lay
+Viletna, with its rough log houses, sandy street, and great
+Church, crowned with a cupola like a gaily-painted melon;
+where Elena, Boris, and Daria, the three children of Madame<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_69" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</a></span>
+Olsheffsky, drove every Sunday with their mother in the
+old-fashioned, tumble-down carriage.</p>
+
+<p>All the week the children looked forward to this expedition,
+for with the exception of an occasional visit to Volodia
+Ivanovitch's shop in the village, it was the only break in
+the quiet monotony of their lives.</p>
+
+<p>They were allowed to go to Volodia's, whenever they had
+money enough to buy anything; and often spent the afternoon
+there listening to his long tales, and examining the
+contents of the shop, which seemed to supply all that any
+reasonable person could wish for&mdash;from a ball of twine to
+a wedding dress.</p>
+
+<p>Volodia himself, had been a servant at the great house
+many years before, "when the place was kept up as a country
+gentleman's should be"&mdash;he was fond of explaining to the
+children&mdash;"but when the poor dear master was taken off to
+Siberia&mdash;he was as good as a saint, and no one knew what
+they found out against him&mdash;then the Government took all
+his money, and your mother had to manage as well as she
+could with the little property left her by your grandfather.
+She ought to have owned all the country round, but your
+great-grandfather was an extravagant man, Boris Andre&iuml;evitch!
+and he sold everything he could lay hands on!"</p>
+
+<p>Elena and Boris always listened respectfully. They had
+the greatest opinion of "Uncle Volodia's" wisdom, and they
+could just remember the time of grief and excitement when
+their father left them; but it had all happened so long ago<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_70" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</a></span>
+that though their mother often spoke of him, and their old
+nurse Var-Vara was never tired of relating anecdotes of his
+childhood, they had gradually begun to think of him, not as
+a living person, but as one of the heroes of the old romances
+that still lingered on the shelves of the dilapidated library.</p>
+
+<p>It was a happy life the children led in the great white house.
+It made no difference to them that the furniture was old and
+scanty, that the rooms were bare, and the plaster falling away
+in many places from the walls and ceilings.</p>
+
+<p>Their mother was there, and all their old friends, and
+they wished for nothing further.</p>
+
+<p>Was there not Toulu, the horse, in his stall in the ruined
+stable; Tulipan, the Pomeranian dog, Adam, the old butler,
+and Alexis, the "man of all work," who rowed their boat on
+the lake, tidied the garden&mdash;as well as the weeds and his own
+natural laziness would allow him&mdash;and was regarded by Boris
+as the type of all manly perfection!</p>
+
+<p>What could children want more? Especially as Volodia
+was always ready at a moment's notice to tell them a story,
+carve them a peasant or a dog from a chip of pine-wood,
+dance a jig, or entertain them in a hundred other ways dear
+to the heart of Russian children.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_71" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>On one of the clear dry days of an early Russian autumn,
+when a brilliant glow of colour and sunshine floods the air,
+and the birch trees turned to golden glories shake their
+fluttering leaves like brilliant butterflies, Elena, Boris, and
+Daria, stood on one of the wide balconies of the great house,
+with their mother beside them, sorting seeds and tying them
+up in packets for the springtime.</p>
+
+<p>Some large hydrangeas, and orange trees, in green tubs,
+made a background to the little scene.</p>
+
+<p>The eager children with clumsy fingers, bent on being
+useful; the pale, thin mother leaning back in her garden
+chair smiling at their absorbed faces.</p>
+
+<p>"Children, I have something I must tell you," commenced
+Madame Olsheffsky, seriously, when the last seeds had been
+put away and labelled. "It is something that will make
+you sad, but you must try and bear it well for my sake, and
+for your poor father's&mdash;who I hope will return to us one day.
+I think you are old enough to know something about our
+affairs, Elena, for you are nearly thirteen. Even my little
+Boris is almost eleven. Don't look so frightened, darling,"
+continued Madame Olsheffsky, taking little Daria in her
+arms, "it is nothing very dreadful. I am obliged to enter
+into a lawsuit&mdash;a troublesome, difficult lawsuit. One of our
+distant cousins has just found some papers which he thinks
+will prove that he ought to have had this estate instead of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_72" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</a></span>
+your grandfather, and he is going to try and take it from us.
+I have sent a great box of our title deeds to the lawyer in
+Viletna, and he is to go through them immediately&mdash;but who
+knows how it may turn out? Oh, children! you must help
+me bravely, if more ill-fortune is to fall upon us!"</p>
+
+<p>Elena rushed towards her mother, and threw her arms
+round her neck. "We will! We will! Don't trouble about
+it, dear little mother," she cried. "What does it matter if
+we are all together. <i>I</i> will work and dig in the garden, and
+Boris can be taught to groom Toulu, and be useful&mdash;he really
+can be very sensible if he likes. Then Var-Vara will cook,
+and Adam and Daria can do the dusting. Oh, we shall
+manage beautifully!"</p>
+
+<p>Madame Olsheffsky smiled through some tears.</p>
+
+<p>"You are a dear child, Elena! I won't complain any
+more while I have all my children to help me. But run now
+Boris, and tell Alexis to get the boat ready. I must go to
+the other side of the lake, to see that poor child who broke
+his arm the other day."</p>
+
+<p>Boris ran off to the stables with alacrity. He found it
+difficult to realize all that his mother had just told them.
+"Of course it was very dreadful," he thought, "but very
+likely it wouldn't come true. Then, as Elena said, nothing
+mattered much if they were all together; and perhaps, if they
+were obliged to move into the village, they might live near
+Volodia's shop; and the wicked cousin might let them come
+and play sometimes in the garden."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_73" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Alexis! Alexis!" he shouted into the hay loft, and a brown
+face with a shock of black hair, appeared at one of the
+windows.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Boris Andre&iuml;evitch?"</p>
+
+<p>"Mamma wants the boat immediately," replied Boris.
+"She is going over to see Marsha's sick child."</p>
+
+<p>Alexis took a handful of sunflower seeds out of his pocket,
+and began to eat them meditatively, throwing the husks
+behind him.</p>
+
+<p>"The mistress won't go another day?" he enquired
+slowly.</p>
+
+<p>Boris shook his head.</p>
+
+<p>"The lake's overflowing, and the dam is none too strong
+over there by Viletna," continued Alexis; "it would be
+better for her to wait a little."</p>
+
+<p>"She says she must go to-day," said Boris, "but I will
+tell her what you say."</p>
+
+<p>Madame Olsheffsky, however, refused to put off her visit;
+and Elena, Boris, and Daria, looking out from the balcony,
+saw the boat with the two figures in it start off from the
+little landing-place, and grow smaller and smaller, until it
+faded away into a dim speck in the distance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_74" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Late that afternoon the three children were playing with
+Tulipan in the garden, when they heard Volodia's well-known
+voice shouting to them&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"Elena! Boris Andre&iuml;evitch!"</p>
+
+<p>They fancied he seemed to be in a great hurry, and as
+they flew towards him, they noticed that he had no hat, and
+there was a look of terror on his face that froze Elena's heart
+with the certainty of some unknown but terrible misfortune.</p>
+
+<p>"The lake! the lake!" he panted; "where is the mistress?"</p>
+
+<p>"Gone to see Marsha's sick child," said Elena, clinging
+to little Daria with one hand, and gazing at Volodia with
+eyes full of terror.</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, then it is true. It was her I saw! The poor
+mistress! A&iuml;e! A&iuml;e! Don't move, children! Don't stir.
+Here is your only safety," cried Volodia in piercing tones.
+"The river has flooded into the lake, and the dam
+may go any moment. The village will be overwhelmed.
+Nothing can save it! The water rises! rises! and any
+minute it may burst through! The Saints have mercy!
+All our things will be lost; but it is the will of God&mdash;we
+cannot fight against it." And Volodia crossed himself
+devoutly with Russian fatalism.</p>
+
+<p>"But mamma! what will happen to her?" cried Elena
+passionately. "Can nothing be done?"</p>
+
+<p>"To go towards the lake now would be certain death,"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_75" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</a></span>
+replied Volodia brokenly. "No, Elena Andre&iuml;evna; we
+must trust in God. He alone can save her if she is on the
+water now! Pray Heaven she may not have started!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke, a long procession of terrified peasants came
+winding up the road towards the great house. All the inhabitants
+of the village had fled from their threatened homes,
+and were taking refuge on the only hill in the neighbourhood.</p>
+
+<p>Weeping, gesticulating and talking; the men, women, and
+children, rushed on in the greatest state of confusion.</p>
+
+<p>Some carried a few possessions they had snatched up
+hastily as they left their houses, some helped the old bed-ridden
+people to hobble along on their sticks and crutches;
+others led the smaller children, or carried the gaily-painted
+chests containing the holiday clothes of the family; while
+the boys dragged along the rough unkempt horses, and the
+few cows and oxen they had been able to drive in from the
+fields close by.</p>
+
+<p>All, as they came within speaking distance of Elena and
+Boris, began to describe their misfortunes; and such a babel
+of sound rose on the air that it was impossible to separate
+one word from another.</p>
+
+<p>"Where shall they go to, <i>Matoushka</i>?"[B] enquired Volodia
+anxiously, as the strange procession spread itself out amongst
+the low-growing birch trees.</p>
+
+<p>[B] _Matoushka_&mdash;little mother.</p>
+
+<p>Elena shook herself, as if awakening from a horrible
+dream.</p>
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_76" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</a></span></p>
+<p>"Oh, it is dreadful! dreadful! But you are welcome, poor
+people!" she cried. "Put the horses into the stables&mdash;Adam
+will show you where&mdash;and the dogs too; and come into the
+house all of you, if you can get in. The cows must go to
+the yard. Oh, Var-Vara!" she added, as she turned to her
+old nurse, who had just come out, attracted by the noise.
+"Have you heard? Oh, poor mamma! Do you think she
+will be safe?" and Elena rushed into the house, and up the
+stair of a wooden tower, from which she could see for miles
+round, a wide vista of field, lake, and forest.</p>
+
+<p>No boat was in sight, and the lake looked comparatively
+peaceful; but just across the middle stretched an ominous
+streak of muddy, rushing water, that beat against the high
+grass-grown dam, separating the lake from the village, and
+threatened every moment to roll over it.</p>
+
+<p>Elena held her breath, and listened. There was a dull
+roaring sound like distant thunder.</p>
+
+<p>The streak of brown water surged higher and higher; and
+suddenly&mdash;in one instant, as it seemed to the terrified child&mdash;a
+vast volume of water shot over the dam, seeming to carry
+it away bodily with its violence; and with a crash like an
+earthquake, the pent-up lake burst out in one huge wave, that
+rolled towards the village of Viletna, tearing up everything it
+passed upon its way.</p>
+
+<p>Elena turned, and, almost falling downstairs in her terror,
+ran headlong towards the group of peasants who had gathered
+on the grass before the wooden verandah, and in despairing<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_77" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</a></span>
+silence were watching the destruction of their fields and
+houses.</p>
+
+<p>Beside them stood the old Priest, his long white hair
+shining in the sunshine.</p>
+
+<p>"My children, let us pray to the good God for any living
+things that are in danger!" he said.</p>
+
+<p>The peasants fell upon their knees.</p>
+
+<p>"Save them! Save them!" they cried, imploringly, "and
+save our cattle and houses!"</p>
+
+<p>The blue sky stretched overhead, all round the garden the
+birch trees shed their quivering glory; the very flowers that
+the three children had picked for their mother, in the morning,
+lay on a table fresh and unfaded; yet it seemed to Elena
+that years must have passed by since she stood there, careless
+and happy.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Boris, come with me!" she cried, passionately, "I
+can't bear it!"</p>
+
+<p>Boris, with the tears falling slowly from his eyes, followed
+his sister up to the tower, and there they remained till
+evening, straining their eyes over the wide stretch of desolate-looking
+water.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>It was some months afterwards. The flood was over,
+and the people of Viletna had begun to rebuild their log<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_78" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</a></span>
+houses, and collect what could be found of their scattered
+belongings.</p>
+
+<p>A portion of the great dyke had remained standing, so
+that the lake did not completely empty itself; and the
+peasants were able, with some help from the Government,
+to rebuild it.</p>
+
+<p>Everyone had suffered; but the heaviest blow had fallen
+upon the great house, for Madame Olsheffsky never returned
+to it. Her boat had been upset and carried away, with the
+sudden force of the current, and though Alexis managed to
+save himself by clinging to an uprooted pine tree, Madame
+Olsheffsky had been torn from him, and sucked under by
+the rush of the furious water.</p>
+
+<p>Elena's face had grown pale and thin during these sad
+weeks, and she and Boris looked older; for they had begun
+to face the responsibilities of life, with no kind mother to
+stand between them and the hard reality.</p>
+
+<p>To add to their misfortunes, the wooden box containing
+the title-deeds of their estate, and all their other valuable
+papers; had been swept away with the rest of Lawyer
+Drovnine's property, and there seemed no chance that it
+would ever be recovered again.</p>
+
+<p>In the interval, as no defence was forthcoming, the lawsuit
+had been decided in favour of the Olsheffsky's cousin; and
+the children were now expecting every day to receive the
+notice that would turn them out of their old home, and leave
+them without a place in the world that really belonged to them.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_79" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The few relations they had, made no sign to show
+they knew of their existence; but they were not without
+friends, and one of the first and truest of these was
+Volodia.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't trouble about this lawsuit, Elena Andre&iuml;evna," he
+said, on one of his frequent visits to the great house. "If
+the wickedness of the world is so great, that they rob you
+of what rightfully belongs to you; take no notice of it&mdash;it
+is the will of God. <i>You</i> will come down with Boris
+Andre&iuml;evitch, and Daria Andre&iuml;evna, to my house, where
+there is plenty of room for everyone; and my wife will be
+proud and honoured. Then Var-Vara can live with her
+brother close by&mdash;a good honest man, who is well able to
+provide for her; and Adam will hire a little place, and retire
+with his savings. Alexis shall find a home for Toulu&mdash;You
+know Alexis works for his father on the farm now, and is
+really getting quite active. You see, <i>Matoushka</i>, every one
+is nicely provided for, and no one will suffer!"</p>
+
+<p>"But how can we all live with you, when we have no
+money?" said Elena. "Good, kind Volodia! It would
+not be fair for us to be a burden to you!"</p>
+
+<p>"How can you talk of burdens, Elena Andre&iuml;evna! It's
+quite wrong of you, and really almost makes me angry!
+Your grandfather gave me all the money with which I started
+in life, and it's no more than paying back a little of it.
+Besides, think of the honour! Think what a proud thing it
+will be for us. All the village will be envious!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_80" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Elena smiled sadly. "I suppose we shall have a little
+money left, shan't we, Volodia?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, <i>Matoushka</i>. Plenty for everything you'll
+want."</p>
+
+<p>And so, after much argument and discussion, with many
+tears and sad regrets, the three children said good-bye to the
+great house; and drove with Toulu down the hill for the last
+time, to Volodia's large new wooden house, which had been
+re-built in a far handsomer style than the log hut he had lived
+in formerly.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER V.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Fortunately the winter that year was late in coming, so
+that the peasants of Viletna were able to build some sort of
+shelter for themselves before it set in with real severity.</p>
+
+<p>Volodia's house, which stood in the centre of the village,
+had been finished long before any of his neighbours'.</p>
+
+<p>"That's what comes of being a rich man," they said to
+each other, not grumbling, but stating a fact. "He can
+employ what men he likes; it is a fine thing to have money."</p>
+
+<p>Volodia's shop had always been popular, but with the
+arrival of the three children it became ten times more so.</p>
+
+<p>Everyone wished to show sympathy for their misfortunes;
+and all those who were sufficiently well off, brought a little
+present, and left it with Volodia's wife, with many mysterious
+nods and explanations.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_81" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't tell <i>them</i> anything about it, but just cook it. It's
+a chicken we reared ourselves&mdash;one of those saved from the
+flood."</p>
+
+<p>Volodia would have liked to give the things back again,
+but his wife declared this would be such an affront to the
+donors that she really couldn't undertake to do it.</p>
+
+<p>"It's not for ourselves, Volodia Ivanovitch, but for those
+poor innocent children; I can't refuse what's kindly meant.
+Many's the <i>rouble</i> Anna Olsheffsky (of blessed memory) has
+given to the people here, and why shouldn't they be allowed
+to do their part?"</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, Elena and Boris, were getting slowly used to
+their changed life. It still seemed more like a dream than a
+reality; but they began to feel at home in the wooden house,
+and Elena had even commenced to learn some needlework
+from Var-Vara, and to help Maria in as many ways as that
+active old woman would allow of.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you touch it, Elena Andre&iuml;evna," she would say,
+anxiously, "it's not fit you should work like us. Leave it to
+Adam, and Var-Vara, and me. We're used to it, and it's
+suitable."</p>
+
+<p>And so Elena had to give herself up to being waited upon
+as tenderly by the old servants, as she had been during their
+time of happiness at the great house.</p>
+
+<p>Boris had no time for brooding, for he was working hard
+at his lessons with the village Priest; and as to little Daria,
+she had quickly adapted herself to the new surroundings.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_82" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>She played with Tulipan, made snow castles in Volodia's
+side yard, and whenever she had the chance, enjoyed a sledge
+drive with Alexis, in the forest.</p>
+
+<p>"If only mamma were here, I should be quite happy," she
+said to Elena. "It does seem so dreadful, Elena, to think
+of that horrible flood. You don't think it will come again,
+do you?"</p>
+
+<p>Elena's eyes filled with tears, as she answered reassuringly.</p>
+
+<p>"You'll see mamma some day, Daria, if you're a very
+good girl; and meantime, you know, she would like you to
+learn your lessons, and be as obedient as possible to Var-Vara."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I do try, Elena, but she is so tiresome sometimes.
+She won't let me play with the village children! They're
+very nice, but she says they're peasants. I'm sure I try to
+remember what you teach me, though the things <i>are</i> so
+difficult. I'm not so <i>very</i> lazy, Elena!"</p>
+
+<p>Elena stooped her dark brown head over the little golden one.</p>
+
+<p>"You're a darling, Daria! I know you do your best,
+when you don't forget all about it!"</p>
+
+<p>Volodia Ivanovitch had devoted his two best rooms to the
+children. He had at first wished to give up the whole of his
+house to them, with the exception of one bedroom; but Elena
+had developed a certain strength of character and resolution
+during their troubles, and absolutely refused to listen to this
+idea; so that finally the old man was obliged to give way,
+and turn his attention to arranging the rooms, in a style<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_83" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</a></span>
+of what he considered, surpassing elegance and comfort.</p>
+
+<p>They were plain and simple, with fresh boarded walls and
+pine floors.</p>
+
+<p>The furniture had all been brought from the great house,
+chosen by Volodia with very little idea of its suitability, but
+because of something in the colour or form that struck him
+as being particularly handsome.</p>
+
+<p>A large gilt console table, with marble top, and looking
+glass, took up nearly one side of Elena's bedroom; and a
+glass chandelier hung from the centre of the ceiling&mdash;where
+it was always interfering with the heads of the unwary. The
+bed had faded blue satin hangings; and a large Turkish rug
+and two ricketty gilt chairs, completed an effect which Uncle
+Volodia and his wife considered to be truly magnificent.</p>
+
+<p>Boris slept in the room adjoining.</p>
+
+<p>This was turned into a sitting-room in the daytime, and
+furnished in the same luxurious manner. Chairs with enormous
+coats-of-arms, a vast Dresden china vase with a gilt
+cover to it; and in the corner a gold picture of a Saint with
+a little lamp before it, always kept burning night and day by
+the careful Var-Vara&mdash;Var-Vara in her bright red gold-bordered
+gown, and the strange tiara on her head, decorated
+with its long ribbons.</p>
+
+<p>"If ever they wanted the help of the Saints, it's now,"
+she would say, as she filled the glass bowl with oil, and hung
+it up by its chains again. "The wickedness of men has been
+too much for them. A&iuml;e! A&iuml;e! It's the Lord's will."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_84" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VI.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Volodia Ivanovitch's house stood close to the village
+street, so that as Elena looked from her windows she could
+see the long stretch of white road&mdash;the snow piled up in
+great walls on either side&mdash;the two rows of straggling, half-finished
+log huts, ending with the ruined Church, and the
+new posting-house.</p>
+
+<p>In the distance, the flat surface of the frozen lake, the dark
+green of the pine forest, and the wide stretches of level
+country; broken here and there by the tops of the scattered
+wooden fences.</p>
+
+<p>Up the street the sledges ran evenly, the horses jangling
+the bells on their great arched collars, the drivers in their
+leather fur-lined coats, cracking their whips and shouting.</p>
+
+<p>Now and then a woman, in a thick pelisse, a bright-coloured
+handkerchief on her head, would come by; dragging a load
+of wood or carrying a child in her arms.</p>
+
+<p>The air was stilly cold, with a sparkling clearness; the
+sky as blue and brilliant as midsummer.</p>
+
+<p>Elena felt cheered by the exhilarating brightness. She
+was young, and gradually she rose from the state of indifference
+into which she had fallen, and began to take her old
+interest in all that was going on about her.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to ask you something, Uncle Volodia," she said
+one day, as they sat round the <i>samivar</i>,[C] for she had begged<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_85" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</a></span>
+that they might have at least one meal together, in the
+sitting-room.</p>
+
+<p>[C] Tea-urn.</p>
+
+<p>Maria was rather constrained on these occasions, seeming
+oppressed with the feeling that she must sit exactly in the
+centre of her chair. She spread a large clean handkerchief
+out over her knees, to catch any crumbs that might be
+wandering, and fixed her eyes on the children with respectful
+solemnity.</p>
+
+<p>Volodia, on the contrary, always came in smiling genially,
+in his old homespun blouse and high boots; and was ready
+for a game with Daria, or a romp with Boris, the moment
+the tea things had been carried away by his wife.</p>
+
+<p>"What is it, Elena Andre&iuml;evna?" he asked. "Nothing
+very serious, I hope?"</p>
+
+<p>"Not very, Uncle Volodia. It's only that I want to
+learn something&mdash;I want to feel I can <i>do</i> something when
+our money has gone, for I know it won't last very long."</p>
+
+<p>"Why trouble your head about business, Elena Andre&iuml;evna?
+You know your things sold for a great deal, and it is all put
+away in the wooden honey-box, in the clothes chest. It will
+last till you're an old woman!"</p>
+
+<p>"But I would like to <i>feel</i> I was earning some money,
+Uncle Volodia. I think I might learn to make paper flowers.
+Don't you think so, dear Uncle Volodia? You know I
+began while mamma was with us; the lady in Mourum taught
+me. I wish very much to go on with it."</p>
+
+<p>Uncle Volodia pondered. It might be an amusement for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_86" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</a></span>
+the poor girl, and no one need know of the crazy notion of
+selling them.</p>
+
+<p>"If you like, <i>Matoushka</i>. Do just as you like," he said.</p>
+
+<p>So it was decided that Elena should be driven over to
+Mourum on the next market day.</p>
+
+<p>Volodia had undertaken, in the intervals of shop-keeping,
+to teach little Daria how to count; with the elaborate arrangement
+of small coloured balls, on a wire frame like a gridiron,
+with which he added up his own sums&mdash;instead of pencil
+and paper.</p>
+
+<p>They sat down side by side with the utmost gravity. Old
+Volodia with the frame in one hand, Daria on a low stool,
+her curly golden head bent forward over the balls, as she
+moved them up and down, with a pucker on her forehead.</p>
+
+<p>"Two and one's five, and three's seven, and four's twelve,
+and six's&mdash;&mdash;"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Daria Andre&iuml;evna! You're not thinking about what
+you're doing!"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, really I am, Uncle Volodia; but those tiresome little
+yellow balls keep getting in the way."</p>
+
+<p>And then the lesson began all over again, until Daria sprang
+up with a laugh, and shaking out her black frock, declared
+she had a pain in her neck, and must run about a little!</p>
+
+<p>"What a child it is!" cried Volodia admiringly. "If she
+lives to be a hundred, she'll never learn the multiplication
+table!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_87" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VII.</h3>
+
+
+<p>A post-sledge was gliding rapidly over the frozen road
+towards Viletna; and as it neared the village, a thin worn
+man, with white hair, who was sitting in it alone, leant
+forward and touched the driver.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to go to the great house. You remember?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you're going to see Mikhail? He hasn't come to the
+great house yet, though. It's all being done up."</p>
+
+<p>"No, I'm going to Madame Olsheffsky's!"</p>
+
+<p>"Anna Olsheffsky! Haven't you heard she was drowned
+in the flood? Washed away. Just before the children lost
+their property to that thief of a cousin!"</p>
+
+<p>The driver went on adding the details, not noticing that
+the gentleman had fallen back, and lay gasping as if for air.</p>
+
+<p>"You knew Anna Olsheffsky, perhaps?" he said at last,
+turning towards the traveller. Then seeing his face, "Holy
+Saints! What is the matter? He'll die surely, and no help
+to be had!"</p>
+
+<p>"She was my wife," said the gentleman hoarsely. "You
+don't remember me? I am Andr&eacute; Olsheffsky."</p>
+
+<p>"To think that I shouldn't have known you, <i>Barin!</i>" cried
+the driver in great excitement, dropping the reins. "Not
+that it's much to be wondered at, and you looking a young
+man when you left! Welcome home! Welcome home!"</p>
+
+<p>"Where are the children?" said Andr&eacute; Olsheffsky,
+brokenly. "Perhaps they're dead, too?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_88" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, the children are all well, <i>Barin</i>! They are at
+Volodia Ivanovitch's."</p>
+
+<p>"Drive me there, then," said Mr. Olsheffsky; and the
+sledge dashed off with a peal of its bells, and drew up with
+a flourish in front of Volodia's doorway.</p>
+
+<p>"Do look out, Elena!" cried Boris, who was carving a
+wooden man with an immense pocket-knife. "Here's a
+sledge stopped, and a funny tall gentleman getting out&mdash;not
+old, but all white!"</p>
+
+<p>Elena went to the window, but the stranger had disappeared
+into the shop.</p>
+
+<p>They could hear voices talking, now loud, now soft, then
+a cry of astonishment from Maria. The door burst open,
+and Volodia, his grey hair flying, the tears rolling down his
+cheeks, dragged in the white-haired gentleman by the hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, children! children! this is a happy day. The <i>Barin's</i>
+come home. This is your father!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VIII.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The next morning Elena and Boris awoke with a delightful
+feeling of expectation.</p>
+
+<p>It seemed impossible to realize that their father had really
+come back to them, and that he was dearer and kinder than
+anything they had imagined!</p>
+
+<p>"If only mamma were here," sighed Elena, "<i>how</i> happy
+we should be!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_89" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Perhaps she knows," said Boris soberly. "She always
+told us papa was a hero, and I'm sure he looks like one."</p>
+
+<p>Andr&eacute; Olsheffsky felt his wife's loss deeply. The children
+were his only comfort, and every moment he could spare
+from his business affairs he gave to them.</p>
+
+<p>With Elena he discussed their position seriously.</p>
+
+<p>It would be impossible, he said, to prove their claim to
+Madame Olsheffsky's estate unless the lost box could be
+recovered, but if that were ever found the papers inside
+would completely establish their right. "I have sent
+notices to all the peasants, describing the box, and offering
+a reward. Who knows, Elena? it <i>may</i> be discovered!"</p>
+
+<p>Time passed on, and though Mr. Olsheffsky made many
+expeditions into the town of Mourum, and drove all round
+the country, making enquiries of the peasants, he could hear
+nothing of the wooden box.</p>
+
+<p>"It's one of the secrets of the lake," said Volodia.
+"That's my opinion; it's lying snugly at the bottom there;
+and it's no good looking for it anywhere else."</p>
+
+<p>But Mr. Olsheffsky continued his enquiries.</p>
+
+<p>One day, just as Daria and Var-Vara were about to start
+for a morning walk&mdash;Elena and Boris having gone for a drive
+with their father&mdash;an old man in a rough sheep-skin coat and
+plaited bark shoes came up to the house door, and taking
+off his high felt hat respectfully, asked if he could speak to
+the <i>Barin</i>.[D]</p>
+
+<p>[D] Master.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_90" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The master has gone out," said Var-Vara, "but I daresay
+you can see him in the afternoon. Have you anything
+particular to ask him?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing to ask, but something to show," and the old
+man blinked his eyes cunningly.</p>
+
+<p>"Not the wooden box!" screamed Daria. "Oh, let's go
+at once! Come, Var-Vara! <i>What</i> a surprise for papa when
+he gets back! <i>Is</i> it the wooden box? You might tell me,"
+cried Daria, fixing her blue eyes on the old <i>mujik</i>'s face pleadingly.</p>
+
+<p>"It may be, and it mayn't be," replied the old man. "You
+may come along with me if you like, Daria Andre&iuml;evna. I'll
+show you the way to where I live&mdash;near the forest, you know.
+Of course, I've heard all about the reward," he continued,
+"and as I was clearing a bit of my yard this morning, what
+should I find but a heap of something hard&mdash;pebbles, and
+drift, and sticks, and such like. When I came to sorting it
+out&mdash;for I thought, 'Why waste good wood, when you can
+burn it? the good God doesn't like waste'&mdash;I struck against
+the corner of something hard, and there was a&mdash;&mdash;. Well,
+what do you think, Daria Andre&iuml;evna?"</p>
+
+<p>"A box! A box!" cried Daria, seizing one of the old
+man's hands, and dancing round him in an ecstasy of delight.</p>
+
+<p>"Not at all, Daria Andre&iuml;evna! The legs of an old chair."</p>
+
+<p>Daria's face fell. "I don't see why you come to tell papa
+you've found an old chair!" she said crossly.</p>
+
+<p>"Stop a bit, <i>Matoushka</i>. There's more to come. Where
+was I?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_91" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The chair! You'd just found it," said Daria, pulling at
+his hand impatiently.</p>
+
+<p>"So I had. A chair! Well, it had no back, and as I
+pulled it out it felt heavy, very heavy. It wasn't much to
+look at&mdash;a poor chair I should call it&mdash;and I thought, '<i>This</i>
+isn't much of a find;' but there inside it was something
+sticking as tight as wax!"</p>
+
+<p>"The box!" cried Daria, "I felt sure of it!" and seizing
+Var-Vara by one hand, and the <i>mujik</i> by the other, she
+dragged them down the street, the old peasant remonstrating
+and grumbling.</p>
+
+<p>"Not so fast, Daria Andre&iuml;evna!" said Var-Vara, gasping
+for breath at the sudden rush. "Let Ivan go first; he
+knows the way!"</p>
+
+<p>Daria could scarcely control her impatience during the
+walk.</p>
+
+<p>"Make haste, Var-Vara! we shall never get there," she
+kept crying; and old Var-Vara, who was stout, and had on
+a heavy fur pelisse, arrived at the hut in a state of breathless
+exhaustion.</p>
+
+<p>"A&iuml;e! A&iuml;e! what a child it is! Show her the box now,
+Ivan, or we shall have no peace."</p>
+
+<p>Ivan went to the corner of his hut, where a large object
+stood on the top of the whitewashed stove under a red and
+yellow pocket-handkerchief. He carefully uncovered it, and
+stepping back a few paces said proudly,</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think of <i>that</i>, now?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_92" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was the box, safe and unhurt, Madame Olsheffsky's
+name still on it in scratched white letters.</p>
+
+<p>Daria was wild with joy, and almost alarmed Ivan with
+her excitement. She danced about the room, threw her
+arms round his neck, and finally persuaded him to carry
+the box to Volodia's house, so that it might be there as a
+delightful surprise to her father on his return.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IX.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The children, Volodia and his wife, Var-Vara, and Adam;
+all stood round eagerly as Andr&eacute; Olsheffsky superintended
+the forcing open of the precious box.</p>
+
+<p>"It's my belief the papers will be a pulp," whispered
+Volodia. "We must be ready to stand by the <i>Barin</i> when
+he finds out the disappointment."</p>
+
+<p>But the papers were not hurt. The box contained another
+tin-lined case, in which the parchments had lain securely, and
+though damaged in appearance, they were as legible as the
+day on which they were first written.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, papa, I <i>am</i> so glad!" shouted Boris and Daria; and
+Elena silently took her father's hand.</p>
+
+<p>"I always thought the <i>Barin</i> would have his own again,"
+cried Volodia triumphantly, forgetting that only a moment
+before he had been full of dismal prophecies.</p>
+
+<p>Adam and Var-Vara wept for joy, and Ivan stood by
+smiling complacently. He felt that all this happiness had<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_93" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</a></span>
+been brought about entirely by his own exertions, and he
+already had visions of the manner in which he would employ
+the handsome reward.</p>
+
+<p>"No more troubling about my old age," he thought. "I
+shall have as comfortable a life as the best of them."</p>
+
+<p>That evening Mr. Olsheffsky started for Moscow, carrying
+the parchments with him.</p>
+
+<p>The two months of his absence seemed very long to the
+children, though they heard from him constantly; and there
+were great rejoicings when he returned with the news that
+their affairs had at last been satisfactorily settled. Mikhail
+Paulovitch had withdrawn his claim, and the great house
+was their own again.</p>
+
+<p>All the peasants of the neighbourhood came in a body to
+congratulate them. Those who could not get into Volodia's
+little sitting-room remained standing outside, and looked in
+respectfully through the window; while the spokesman read
+a long speech he had prepared for the occasion.</p>
+
+<p>Mr. Olsheffsky made an appropriate reply, and then,
+turning to Volodia and the old servants, he thanked them
+in a few simple words for their goodness to the children.</p>
+
+<p>"You might have knocked me flat down with a birch
+twig," said Uncle Volodia afterwards, when talking it over
+with Adam. "The idea of thanking <i>us</i> for what was nothing
+at all but a real pleasure! He's a good man, the <i>Barin</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>The springtime found the children and their father settled
+once more in their old home, with Adam, Var-Vara, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_94" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</a></span>
+Alexis; and life flowing on very much as it had always
+done, except for the absence of the gentle, motherly, Anna
+Olsheffsky.</p>
+
+<p>Uncle Volodia continued to look after his shop with zeal;
+and the two rooms with the gilt furniture, which Mr.
+Olsheffsky had insisted on his not removing, became objects
+of the greatest pride and joy to him.</p>
+
+<p>He never allowed anyone but himself to dust them, and
+in spare moments he polished the looking-glass with a piece
+of leather, kept carefully for the purpose in a cigar box.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a great pleasure to me," he remarked one day to a
+neighbour, "to think that when I leave this house to Boris
+Andre&iuml;evitch&mdash;as I intend to do, after old Maria&mdash;it will have
+two rooms that are fit for <i>any</i>one of the family to sleep in.
+He'll never have to be ashamed of <i>them</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>On his seventieth birthday, Elena&mdash;now grown a tall slim
+young lady, with grave brown eyes&mdash;persuaded him that it
+was really time to take a little rest, and enjoy himself.</p>
+
+<p>He thereupon sold his stock, and devoted himself to
+gardening in the yard at the back of his house; where he
+would sit on summer evenings smoking his pipe, in the midst
+of giant dahlias and sunflowers.</p>
+
+<p>Here Daria often came with Boris and Tulipan; and
+sitting by Uncle Volodia's side, listened to the well-known
+stories she had heard since her babyhood&mdash;always ending
+up with the same words in a tone of great solemnity&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"And <i>this</i>, children, is a true story, every word of it!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_95" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Angel_and_the_Lilies" id="The_Angel_and_the_Lilies"></a>The Angel and the Lilies.</h2>
+
+<h4>A Norwegian Story.</h4>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>It was a room at the top of a rough wooden house
+in Norway. Though it was only a garret, it was
+all very white and clean; and little Erik Svenson
+lay in the small bed facing the barred window, through which
+the moonbeams streamed till they seemed to turn the walls
+into polished silver.</p>
+
+<p>As Erik tossed about, he heard his mother working in the
+room below.</p>
+
+<p>The <i>thump, thump,</i> of her iron, as she wearily finished the
+last of the clothes, that must be sent home to the rich family
+at the farmhouse, early next morning.</p>
+
+<p>"Poor mother! how hard she works," thought Erik, "and
+I can't do more than mind Farmer Torvald's boat on the
+fiord. If I could only be employed in the town, I might be
+able to help her!"</p>
+
+<p><i>Thump</i>, <i>thump</i>, went the iron. The clock chimed twelve,
+and still the poor washerwoman smoothed and folded, though
+her heavy eyes almost refused to keep open, and the room
+began to feel the chill of the frosty air outside.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_96" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Erik sha'n't want for anything while I have two arms to
+work for him," she said to herself; and went on until the iron
+fell from her tired hand, and she sank back in her chair in a
+deep sleep.</p>
+
+<p>Erik, too, had closed his eyes, and was dreaming happily,
+when he was awakened by the brush of something light and
+soft, across his pillow.</p>
+
+<p>Starting up, he saw that the moon was still brilliant, and
+in its clearest rays stood a faint white figure, with shadowy
+wings outstretched behind it.</p>
+
+<p>A vapoury garment enveloped it, and the face seemed
+young and beautiful.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, how wonderful! How wonderful you are!" cried
+Erik. "Why have I never seen you before?"</p>
+
+<p>"I am Vanda, the Spirit of the Moon," said the Angel
+gently. "Only to those who are in need of help can I
+become visible. Your mother knows me well. Winter
+and summer, I have soothed her to sleep; and to-night,
+as you looked from the window, your thoughts joined
+mine, and I was able to come to you. What will you
+ask of me?"</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Vanda, dear Vanda! Show me how to help my
+mother; I ask nothing else!" cried Erik.</p>
+
+<p>He jumped from his bed, and threw himself at the feet of
+the shadowy Angel.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you see that window?" said the Moon-Spirit, pointing
+to the small panes that were now covered with a delicate<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_97" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</a></span>
+tracery of glittering frost-work. "Of what do those patterns
+remind you?"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 255px;">
+<img src="images/image119.png" width="255" height="400" alt="Erik" title="Erik" />
+</div>
+
+<p>"Of flowers!" cried Erik. "I have often thought so.
+Sometimes I can see grasses, and boughs, and roses, but
+<i>always</i> lilies, because they are so white and spotless."</p>
+
+<p>The Angel smiled softly.</p>
+
+<p>"To-night I shall shine upon them, and make them live,"
+she said. "Take what you will find upon the window sill
+at sunrise, and sell them in the town. Bring the money
+back to your mother at night-time."</p>
+
+<p>With the last words the Moon-Spirit melted into the white
+light, leaving Erik with a feeling of the happiest expectation.</p>
+
+<p>Long before daybreak he was awake, and his first thought
+was of the wonderful ice-flowers. Would the Angel have
+kept her promise? What would he see awaiting him?</p>
+
+<p>As the rays of the sun shot over the fiord, he sprang out
+of bed and ran to the window. There lay a bunch of
+beautiful white lilies, nestling in a mass of delicate moss-like
+green.</p>
+
+<p>"They <i>are</i> the frost-flowers!" cried Erik, and wild with joy
+he rushed into his mother's room, and held the bunch up for
+her to look at.</p>
+
+<p>"Look, look, mother! See what we have had given us.
+We shall soon have enough money to rent the little farm
+you have always been longing for!"</p>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_98" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</a></span></p><hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>Erik's visit to the town was very successful. He sold his
+flowers directly, although he had some difficulty in answering
+all the questions of the townspeople, who wanted to know
+where he had grown such delicate things in the middle of
+a severe winter. To everyone he replied that it was a
+secret; and they were obliged to be contented.</p>
+
+<p>He returned home in good time for his work upon the
+fiord, and if it had not been for the store of silver pieces he
+poured into his mother's work-box, he would almost have
+imagined that he had only been dreaming.</p>
+
+<p>That night, as he laid his curly head upon the pillow, his
+mind was full of thoughts about the Moon-Angel. He
+wondered if she would appear again, and whether she would
+once more leave him her gift of the white frost-flowers.</p>
+
+<p>The moon shone with silvery clearness into the garret;
+and as the boy strained his eyes towards the window, the
+bright form slowly floated through the bars and stretched a
+pale hand towards him.</p>
+
+<p>"You have done well, to-day, Erik. Look to-morrow,
+and to-morrow, and to-morrow, until my light has waned
+and faded; and every day you will find the lilies waiting
+for you."</p>
+
+<p>Again Erik felt the soft brush of Vanda's wings, and she
+disappeared in the path of the moonbeams.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the flowers lay fresh and fair upon the
+window-sill, and for days the frost-lilies were always blooming.</p>
+
+<p>But each time the bunch grew smaller and smaller, until<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_99" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</a></span>
+at last, when the moon was nothing more than a thread of
+brightness, Erik found one single blossom lying half drooping
+on the window-frame.</p>
+
+<p>"Vanda's gifts have ended," thought Erik, "but she has
+been a good true friend to us! We have gained enough
+money for my mother to put away her iron, and take the
+little farmhouse by the fiord. How happy we shall be
+together."</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>The winter was nearly over, and Erik and his mother had
+settled down to their happy life in the farmhouse.</p>
+
+<p>Frost-flowers, with delicate fantastic groupings, still
+bloomed upon the window-panes; but the Moon-Angel was
+not there to give them her fairy-like gifts of life and beauty.</p>
+
+<p>She had gone to console other struggling workers.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_100" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Alpen-Echo" id="The_Alpen-Echo"></a>The Alpen-Echo.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Long, long years ago, a young girl wandering with
+her herd of goats upon the Mettenalp, lost her way
+amidst a mountain storm, and fell into a chasm of
+the rock, where she lay white and lifeless.</p>
+
+<p>The terrified goats reached the valley beneath, but the
+young girl was never again heard of.</p>
+
+<p>The spirits of the great mountain had claimed her for an
+Alpen-Echo, and every day, for hundreds of years after, she
+floated amongst the snow-covered peaks and crags of the
+Mettenalp, answering every horn that sounded from the
+hunters or cow-herds, with a soft, sweet note, so sad and
+distant it was like a soul in pain, and tears came to your
+eyes&mdash;you knew not why&mdash;as you listened to its exquisite
+music.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, follow me! Follow me to my secret haunts,"
+wailed the Echo. "Give me my soul! Give me my soul!"&mdash;but
+no one through all the centuries had ever climbed to the
+Echo's hiding-place.</p>
+
+<p>"If <i>only</i> I could make them understand!" sobbed the Echo,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_101" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</a></span>
+"my long bondage would cease. The first foot that treads
+my prison, frees me, and gives me rest."</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>However, all the world was too busy to listen to the poor
+Echo, and she called and cried in vain through the misty ages!</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>A boy, with a long Alpen-horn in his hand, stood by a
+ch&acirc;let far away in the wilds of Switzerland. Every now and
+then he blew a few wailing notes upon the horn&mdash;notes that
+echoed across the valley, up to the snow-covered heights
+beyond&mdash;and he smiled as the answer floated clearly back
+again.</p>
+
+<p>"The echoes are talking together, to-day," he said to
+himself. "They love the bright air and the sunshine;" and
+again he blew a long, changing note, that died away softly
+into the far distance.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Tra-la-la-a-a</i>" came faintly from the opposite mountain&mdash;but
+to the boy's astonishment the echo did not now cease,
+and fade away, as it always had done before. It shifted from
+point to point; its elfin tones ringing sweet and sad like the
+bugle of a Fairy Huntsman.</p>
+
+<p>All that day the Echo sounded in the boy's ears, all night
+it whispered amongst the mountain tops; and as soon as it
+became daylight he sprang up, determined that he would
+climb the side of the opposite valley, and find out the reason
+of the strange music.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_102" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>A pale-green light tinged the sky, the mountains looked
+dark and forbidding, and from the peaks above came the
+soft sighing of the distant Echo.</p>
+
+<p>"It is like a soul in pain," thought the boy. "I <i>must</i>
+find out what it means!" and he began to climb higher and
+higher, until the valley lay far beneath him, and his home
+looked a little brown speck amidst a sea of fields and pine trees.</p>
+
+<p>Before him still sounded the Elfin voice, now dying into
+a whisper, now ringing clear and distinct, as though close
+beside him&mdash;but always with the same beseeching sadness:
+"Follow me! Follow me to my secret haunts! Give me
+my soul! Give me my soul!" And the boy climbed on
+until he reached the rocky crag which formed the summit
+of the mountain.</p>
+
+<p>"At last!" he cried, as he stretched out his arms to clasp
+the Echo's fairy-like form that floated mistily before him ...
+but the Echo had faded from his sight as he approached her;
+and her last words were borne faintly towards him as she
+vanished into the golden glory of the sunshine&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"At last! At last! I am at rest at last!"</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>The boy had learnt the secret of the Alpen-Echo. He had
+freed her soul from its long bondage, and a few days afterwards
+they found him lying with a smile upon his face on the
+topmost peak of the Mettenalp.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_103" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Scroll_in_the_Market_Place" id="The_Scroll_in_the_Market_Place"></a>The Scroll in the Market Place.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>In the pale light of the moon the sleeping town lay
+hushed and noiseless. At its foot the river rolled,
+spanned by the curves of the old grey stone
+bridge, and behind rose the giant hills, clothed with tracts
+of pine and birch trees. A high wall surrounded the town,
+with towers at intervals, from which gleamed the light of
+the watchmen's lanterns.</p>
+
+<p>All was silent on the earth and in the air, when through
+the deep blue of the star-sprinkled sky a little Child-Angel
+winged his way from Heaven, and hovering over the steep
+red roofs beneath him, folded his wings and dropped softly
+into the deserted Market Place. In his hand he held a
+Scroll with strange writing upon it, and crossing the Square
+over the rough cobblestones, he fixed the paper to the
+Fountain, and spreading his white wings, flew up again to
+the home from which he came.</p>
+
+<p>Next day the country people flocking into the Market
+Place saw to their astonishment a track of beautiful white
+flowers springing up from amongst the cobblestones, and
+stretching from one corner of the Square to the Fountain.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_104" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>They were star-like flowers, with bright-green leaves, and
+they grew in patches&mdash;"like a child's footsteps," the women
+said.</p>
+
+<p>A little crowd soon gathered round the paper fastened to
+the ancient Fountain. On the top of the Scroll was written,
+very clearly&mdash;"All those who can read the words beneath
+shall be rewarded generously," but the lines that followed
+were in a strange language, and in such crabbed characters
+that they defied every effort to decipher them.</p>
+
+<p>All day the crowd ebbed and flowed round the Fountain,
+while the learned men of the town came with their dictionaries
+under their arms and spectacles on nose, and sat on stools,
+attempting to make out the crooked letters of the inscription.</p>
+
+<p>In the end each one decided upon a different language,
+and the argument became so warm between them that they
+had to be separated by a party of watchmen, and conducted
+back again to their own houses.</p>
+
+<p>Professors from the University on the other side of the
+mountains journeyed over the rough roads, and brought
+their learning to the old stone Fountain in the Market
+Place&mdash;but they, too, went away discomfited.</p>
+
+<p>No one could read the strange writing, and no one could
+pull down the paper, for it appeared to be fixed to the stone
+by some means that made it impossible to tear it away.</p>
+
+<p>Time went on, and the snow covered up the Market
+Square, threw a white mantle over the steep roofs, and
+buried the old gardens in its soft deepness.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_105" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In one of the houses near the spot where the little Angel
+had first touched the earth lived a poor, lonely woman. She
+worked all day at some fine kind of needlework, but when,
+in the evenings, the sun had set and the twilight began to
+fall, she would steal out for a few minutes to breathe the
+fresh air. Often, though she was so wearied with her incessant
+stitching, she would carry in her hand a flower from
+the plants that grew in her latticed window to a neighbour's
+sick child. It was a weary climb up a steep flight of stairs
+to the attic where the sick child lay, but it was reward enough
+to the woman to see the bright smile that lighted up the
+little drawn face as she laid the flower on the counterpane.</p>
+
+<p>All the summer the poor sempstress had been too busy
+during the daylight, to afford time even to cross the Square
+to study the strange paper on the Fountain. "If learned
+men cannot read it, a poor ignorant woman like me could
+certainly never do so," she said to the child, and the little
+girl looked up at her with tender love in her eyes.</p>
+
+<p>"You are so good, you could do <i>anything</i>," she whispered,
+and clasped the worn hand on which the needle-pricks had
+left the marks of many long years of patient sewing. "I
+should like to see the paper so much," continued the child, after
+a thoughtful pause. "I wish I could walk there, but it is
+so long since I walked, and the snow is so deep now," and
+she sighed.</p>
+
+<p>"Some day, if the good God pleases, I will carry you
+there," said the workwoman&mdash;and the child as she lay<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_106" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</a></span>
+patiently on her little bed, dreamt and dreamt of the
+mysterious paper that no one could read, until the longing
+to see it became uncontrollable, and her friend the sempstress
+promised that she would spare an hour the next day from
+her work, and if the sun shone she would carry the invalid
+across the Market Place to the old stone Fountain.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the child's face was bright with anticipation,
+as the woman wrapped her in a warm shawl and
+carried her fragile weight down the staircase. The cobblestones
+hurt the poor sempstress's feet, and she staggered
+under the light burden, but she persevered, for the child's
+murmurs of delight rang in her ears&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"How sweetly the sun shines! How white the snow
+looks! How beautiful, how <i>beautiful</i> it is to be alive!"</p>
+
+<p>When they reached the Fountain the sun shone brightly
+upon the Angel's Scroll.</p>
+
+<p>The workwoman seated herself on one of the swept stone
+steps, still holding the child in her arms, and they gazed
+long and earnestly at the writing above them.</p>
+
+<p>Gradually a smile of delight spread across both their
+faces. "It is quite, <i>quite</i> easy!" they cried together.
+"How is it people have been puzzling so long?"&mdash;for as
+they looked the crabbed letters unrolled before them,
+straightened, and arranged themselves in order, and the
+Angel's message was read by the poor workwoman and
+the sick child.</p>
+
+<p>"Love God, and live for others," said the Scroll, and a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_107" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</a></span>
+soft light seemed to stream from it and shed a glow of
+happiness right into the hearts of the two who read it. The
+air was warmer, the sun shone more brightly, and just by
+the foot of the Fountain, pushing through the snow, sprang
+one blue head of palest forget-me-not.</p>
+
+<p>As the letters on the Scroll became plainer and plainer,
+the paper slowly rolled up and shrunk away, until it had
+disappeared altogether.</p>
+
+<p>The sempstress carried back the child up the steep staircase,
+laid her tenderly on her bed, and hurried away to her
+own attic.</p>
+
+<p>In her absence strange things had happened. The room
+was swept and tidy, the flowers were watered, and the piece
+of work she had left half done was lying finished on the broad
+window seat. The poor woman looked round her in astonishment.
+She went downstairs to enquire if any neighbours
+had prepared this surprise for her, but they only stared at
+her, and told her "she must have left her wits in the Market
+Place," and that "that was what came of leaving your own
+duties to look after other people's."</p>
+
+<p>The sempstress did not listen to their taunts, for a song
+of joy was welling up in her heart&mdash;a song so sweet and
+true, it might have been the echo of that sung by the angels.
+Never had life seemed so beautiful to her. The ill looks of
+the neighbours appeared to her to be smiles of kindness and
+love; their hard speeches sounded soft and altered; the
+steep stairs to her room were not so steep, her attic not so<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_108" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</a></span>
+bare and desolate. Life was no longer lonely, for the song
+in her heart brought her all the happiness she had ever
+hoped for.</p>
+
+<p>The sick child, too, found the same wonderful change in
+all that surrounded her. The aunt with whom she lived,
+who had always been so careless and unloving, now seemed
+to the child to be kind and gentle. Her aching back was
+less painful, her thoughts as she lay on her bed were bright
+and happy. The Angel's message had brought sunshine to
+the lives of the only two who could read and understand it.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>In time the sick child went to live with the sempstress,
+and their love for each other grew and strengthened, and
+overflowed in a thousand little acts of kindness to all who
+came near them. Their room was filled with brightness.
+The birds flew to perch on the window-sill and sing in the
+early mornings; flowers bloomed in the cracks of the old
+stonework; the sempstress sang as she worked, and whenever
+she left her sewing to carry the child out into the
+Market Place to breathe the fresh air she would find her
+work finished when she returned.</p>
+
+<p>"It was a happy day that we read the message in the
+Market Place," she said to the sick child; "indeed we
+have been rewarded generously."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_109" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="A_Scrap_of_Etruscan_Pottery" id="A_Scrap_of_Etruscan_Pottery"></a>A Scrap of Etruscan Pottery.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Deep down in a buried Etruscan tomb there lay a
+little three-cornered piece of pottery.</p>
+
+<p>It had some letters on it and a beautiful man's
+head, and had belonged to a King some three thousand
+years ago.</p>
+
+<p>Its only companions were a family of moles; for everything
+else had been taken out of the tomb so long ago that no one
+remembered anything about it.</p>
+
+<p>"What a dull life mine is," groaned the piece of pottery.
+"No amusement, and no society! It's enough to make one
+smash oneself to atoms!"</p>
+
+<p>"Dull, but safe," replied the Mole, who never took the
+least notice of the three-cornered Chip's insults. "And then,
+remember the dignity. You have the whole tomb to yourself."</p>
+
+<p>"Except for you," said the Chip ungraciously.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we must live somewhere," said the Mole, quite
+unmoved, "and I'm sure we don't interfere. I always bring
+up my children to treat you with the greatest respect, in
+spite of your being cr-r&mdash;br-r&mdash;. I <i>should</i> say, not quite so
+large as you used to be."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_110" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"If only you had belonged to a King," sighed the Chip,
+"I might have had someone of my own class to talk to."</p>
+
+<p>"I don't wish to belong to a King," said the Mole.
+"There's nothing I should dislike more. I am for a Liberal
+Government, and no farming."</p>
+
+<p>"What vulgarity!" cried the Chip.</p>
+
+<p>"It's a blessing it's dark, and he can't see the children
+laughing," thought the Mole-mother, "or I don't know what
+would happen."</p>
+
+<p>"Everything that belonged to a King should be treated
+with Royal respect," continued the Chip.</p>
+
+<p>"As to that, I really haven't time for it," replied the
+Mole; "what with putting the children to bed, and getting
+them up again, and all my work in the passages, I can't
+devote myself to Court life."</p>
+
+<p>"If you like, you can represent the people," said the
+Chip. "<i>I</i> don't mind, only then I can't talk to you."</p>
+
+<p>"You can read out Royal Decrees, and make laws," said
+the Mole; and to herself she added, "It won't disturb me.
+I shan't take any notice of them."</p>
+
+<p>"Who's to be nobles?" said the Chip, crossly. "I'd
+rather not do the thing at all, if it can't be done properly!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I can't be people and nobles too, that's quite
+certain," remarked the Mole-mother, as she tidied up her
+house. "Besides, the children are too young&mdash;they wouldn't
+understand."</p>
+
+<p>"What's it like up above?" enquired the Chip languidly<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_111" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</a></span>
+after a short pause, for it was almost better to speak to the
+Mole, than to nobody. "People still walk on two legs?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, of course," answered the Mole, "there's never any
+difference in people, that <i>I</i> can see. They're always exactly
+alike, except in tempers."</p>
+
+<p>The Chip was sitting upon a little stone-heap against one
+of the pillars. He fondly imagined it was a Throne; and
+the Mole-mother, with the utmost good nature, had never
+undeceived him.</p>
+
+<p>As the last words were spoken, a lump of earth fell from
+the roof, flattening out the stone-heap, and the Chip only
+escaped destruction by rolling on one side, where he lay
+shaking with fright and calling to the Mole-mother to help
+him. But the Mole had retired with her family to a place
+of safety. She knew what was happening. The tomb was
+being opened by a party of antiquarians, and in a few more
+minutes the blue sky shone into the darkness, and the three-cornered
+piece of pottery was lying wrapped in paper in the
+pocket of one of the explorers.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>When the Chip recovered himself, he found he was
+reclining on the velvet floor of a large glass case full of
+Etruscan vases. Here was the society he had been pining
+for all his life!</p>
+
+<p>"What are Moles compared to this?" he said to him<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_112" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</a></span>self,
+and quivered with joy at the thought of the pleasures
+before him.</p>
+
+<p>"How did that broken thing come into our Division?"
+enquired a Red Dish with two handles.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't imagine! The Director put him in just now,"
+replied a Black Jug. "It's not what we're accustomed to.
+Everything in here is perfect."</p>
+
+<p>The Chip lay for a moment, dumb with horror and
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>"I belonged to a King," he gasped at last. "You can
+look at the name written on me."</p>
+
+<p>"You may have names written all over you, for all I care,"
+said the Dish. "You're a Chip, and no King can make you
+anything else"&mdash;and she turned away haughtily.</p>
+
+<p>"And to think that for all those years the Mole-mother
+was never once rude to me!" thought the Chip. "She was
+a person of <i>real</i> refinement. Whatever shall I do if I have
+to be shut up with these ill-bred people?" he groaned
+miserably.</p>
+
+<p>"How the woodwork does creak!" said the Director as
+he came up to the glass case, with a young lady to whom he
+was showing the treasures of the Museum.</p>
+
+<p>"That's the most recent discovery," he continued smiling
+and pointing to the three-cornered piece of pottery&mdash;"All
+I found in my last digging."</p>
+
+<p>"It has a beautiful head on it," said the young lady, "I
+should be quite satisfied if I could ever find anything so pretty."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_113" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Will you have it?" said the Director of the Museum,
+who after all was only a young man; looking at the young
+lady earnestly.</p>
+
+<p>She took the despised Chip in her little hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Thank you very much. It will be a great treasure," she
+said&mdash;and looking up at her face, the three-cornered piece of
+pottery knew that a happy life was in store for him.</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 25%;' />
+
+<p>"In spite of the rudeness of my own people, I am in the
+Museum after all," remarked the Chip, as some months
+afterwards he hung on a bracket on the wall of the young
+lady's sitting room. "In what a superior position, too!
+<i>They</i> only belong to the Director, but <i>I</i> belong to the
+Director's wife!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_114" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Goats_on_the_Glacier" id="The_Goats_on_the_Glacier"></a>The Goats on the Glacier.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Heif Goats lived close to the Heifen Glacier,
+one of the largest in Switzerland. In fact, their
+Ch&acirc;let, or the cavern which they christened by
+that name, overhung the steepest precipice, and was inaccessible
+to anyone except its proprietors.</p>
+
+<p>"It is such a comfort to be secluded in these disturbed
+times," the Goat-mother often remarked to her husband.
+"If I lived near a high road I should never know a <i>moment's</i>
+happiness. The children are so giddy, they would be gambolling
+about round the very wheels of the char-&agrave;-bancs,
+turning head over heels for halfpence, before I could cry
+Goats-i-tivy!"</p>
+
+<p>The whole glacier valley swarmed with the kin of the
+Goat family. There were the bond-slaves who worked for
+the peasants, and the free Goats who possessed their own
+caves, cultivated their ground industriously, and lived greatly
+on the sandwich papers left by tourists in the summer-time.</p>
+
+<p>"Such a treat, especially the light yellow sort with printing,
+that always has crumbs in it," said the Goat-mother. "It<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_115" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</a></span>
+makes a delicious meal. We generally have it on f&ecirc;te
+days."</p>
+
+<p>The family of the Heif Goats consisted of the Heif-father,
+his wife, and their four children, Heinrich, Lizbet, Pyto, and
+L&eacute;nora.</p>
+
+<p>The young Goats had been brought up with some severity
+by their parents, who had old-fashioned notions with regard
+to discipline; and three things had been especially enjoined
+upon them from their infancy. Always to speak the truth,
+never to mess their clean pinafores, and last, but not least,
+<i>never</i> to play with the Chamois!</p>
+
+<p>"They are too wild and frivolous," the Goat-mother used
+to say, with a nod of her frilled cap. "Such very long
+springs are in exceedingly bad taste. The Chamois have
+<i>no</i> repose of manner."</p>
+
+<p>Under this system the children grew up very well-behaved.
+The daughters worked in the house, the sons helped their
+father; and in the evening they all descended to the Glacier
+to collect any remnants of food left by the endless stream of
+visitors, who all through the summer toiled up to the Eismeer,
+and down again to the Inn on the other side of the valley.</p>
+
+<p>These travellers were a perpetual source of interest and
+amusement to the Goat family.</p>
+
+<p>They could never quite make out what they were doing,
+but the Heif-mother finally decided that their journeys must
+be some religious or national observance.</p>
+
+<p>"People would never struggle about on the ice like that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_116" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</a></span>&mdash;tied
+to each other with ropes, too!&mdash;unless it was a painful
+duty," she said. "I consider it very praiseworthy."</p>
+
+<p>Sometimes the young Goats in their invisible eyrie, would
+go off into shouts of merriment as a group of excursionists
+crawled slowly into sight; the ladies in their short skirts
+and large flapping hats, alpenstock in hand, clinging
+desperately to the guides as they ascended every slippery
+ice-peak.</p>
+
+<p>But on these occasions the Goat-mother always reproved
+them.</p>
+
+<p>"Remember," she would say severely, "that because
+people are ridiculous you shouldn't be unmannerly. They
+can't help their appearance, poor things! They may think
+themselves quite as good as we are."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, at all events, we don't look like <i>that</i>," said Lizbet.
+"I am sure you would never allow it."</p>
+
+<p>The principal news from the outer world was brought to
+the Heif family by a Stein-bok pedlar, who wandered about
+the country with his wares, and was so popular that he was
+a friend of all classes, and supplied even the Chamois with
+their groceries and tobacco.</p>
+
+<p>He generally arrived at the Ch&acirc;let on the first of every
+month, and spread out his wares on the grass plot in front
+of the cave, while the Goat-mother and her children walked
+up and down, and bargained good-humouredly for anything
+they had taken a fancy to.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_117" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>It was a bright sunny day, and the Goat-mother sat with
+her daughters at the door of the cavern. The Goat-father
+had gone off by himself to get some provisions at a village on
+the opposite side of the Glacier, and Heinrich and Pyto were
+digging in the fields at the back of the Ch&acirc;let; when the
+Stein-bok, in his well-known brown cloth coat, appeared
+panting up the narrow pathway.</p>
+
+<p>Throwing himself down on a stone bench, he tossed his
+Tyrolese hat on to the ground, and fanned himself with his
+handkerchief.</p>
+
+<p>"Good morning, Herr Stein-bok. You seem exhausted,"
+said the Goat-mother.</p>
+
+<p>"I am, ma'am, and well I may be. Five miles with
+twenty pounds on my back is no joke, I can assure you."</p>
+
+<p>"Shall I bring you a glass of lager-beer?" enquired the
+Heif-mother.</p>
+
+<p>"It would be acceptable, ma'am, and then I will tell you my
+news. You've heard nothing of the Goat-father, have you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing," said the Goat-mother. "I am beginning to feel
+very nervous. I never knew him to stay away two days before."</p>
+
+<p>The Stein-bok looked round darkly.</p>
+
+<p>"I have something to tell you," he whispered. "Prepare
+for bad news. The Goat-father has been captured."</p>
+
+<p>The Heif-mother gave a wild shriek, and fell back upon
+Lizbet, who was peeling potatoes in the doorway.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_118" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"When&mdash;where&mdash;how&mdash;who&mdash;what?" she cried frantically.
+"Tell me at once, or I shall faint away."</p>
+
+<p>"Be calm, ma'am," said the Stein-bok soothingly. "I
+heard it from the Chamois, who have a habit of bounding
+about everywhere, as you know. Your dear husband reached
+the middle of the Glacier in safety, when&mdash;being hampered
+by a satchel and a green cotton umbrella&mdash;he fell in attempting
+to jump an ice-pinnacle, and sprained his foot so severely
+that he was unable to move. Though he bleated loudly for
+help, no one came except some huntsmen who were in search
+of Chamois. They picked him up, and dragged him to the
+Inn on the other side of the valley, where he was locked up
+securely in a shed, and there he is at the present moment."</p>
+
+<p>"My brave Heif in prison! He will never, never survive
+it!" cried the Goat-mother, shedding tears in profusion.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh yes he will, ma'am," replied the Stein-bok, "they're
+not going to kill him, their idea is to take him down to the
+village."</p>
+
+<p>"<i>That</i> they shall never do!" cried the Heif-mother, starting
+up, "not if I go myself to rescue him! Go, Lizbet, and call
+your brothers. We must consult together immediately."</p>
+
+<p>Lizbet darted off, and the Stein-bok continued.</p>
+
+<p>"I have still something else I must let you know, ma'am.
+As our great poet observes&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="poem">
+<span class="i0">'Whenever green food fades away,<br /></span>
+<span class="i0">Some dire misfortune comes the self-same day.'<br /></span>
+</div>
+
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_119" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>In plain words, troubles never come singly. I discovered
+while having a friendly game of dominoes with
+the Head Chamois, that they intend to seize
+upon your house next Tuesday, in the
+absence of the Heif-father."</p>
+
+<p>"And to-day is Friday!"
+shrieked the Goat-mother.
+"Oh!
+this is hard
+indeed!"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 307px;">
+<img src="images/image143.png" width="307" height="400" alt="The Goats" title="The Goats" />
+</div><p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_120" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Compose yourself, ma'am, and listen to my advice,"
+said the Pedlar. "You lock up your house, or leave me in
+charge with Lizbet and L&eacute;nora, and you and the two other
+children start off at once to ask the help of the Goat-king.
+He is a mild, humane creature, and will very likely order
+out a detachment of the 'Free-will' goats to help to defend
+your household."</p>
+
+<p>"That is the only thing to do," said the Goat-mother
+mournfully. "I certainly know the way, for of course I
+have always been to the yearly Goat Assembly, but I always
+started three days before the meeting, and went down the
+back of the mountain, over the slopes. I don't know how
+I'm to manage the short cut."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, easy enough, ma'am," replied the Stein-bok; "you'll
+get on very well. Don't go in goloshes, though, for they
+will be sure to catch on the nails. I wouldn't wear my
+waterproof mantle either&mdash;too large for a walking tour.
+Put on a shawl, and tie it round you."</p>
+
+<p>By this time Heinrich and Pyto had hastily dressed
+themselves in out-door costume, and the Goat-mother was
+rushing about her house, collecting an extraordinary number
+of things, which the Stein-bok had some difficulty in
+persuading her not to take with her.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Not</i> sugar nippers, ma'am, I <i>beg</i>; or your large work-box,
+or the mincing machine! Quite useless on a long journey;
+and your best cap you won't want, I assure you."</p>
+
+<p>"I thought I might perhaps wait a moment in the ante<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_121" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</a></span>-room
+and put it on before entering the presence of Royalty,"
+bleated the Goat-mother. "But no doubt you know best."</p>
+
+<p>The luggage was at last reduced to a small leather handbag;
+and the Goat-mother, after solemnly bestowing her
+blessing on Lizbet and L&eacute;nora, and the door-key on the
+Stein-bok, set off down the garden path with her children,
+upon their adventures.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Meanwhile, the Goat-father was languishing in a dark
+shed attached to the Inn on the other side of the Glacier.
+His bleats had failed to attract any attention. In fact the
+only person who had heard him at all, had been an old Goat-slave,
+who while browsing on the hillside with a bell round
+his neck, had been attracted by the cries, and creeping up to
+the shed, peeped through a crack to see what could be the
+matter.</p>
+
+<p>"Is there anyone near?" enquired the Goat-father in a
+whisper.</p>
+
+<p>"No. There's a party in the Inn, but they are too busy
+eating to take any notice of us. I am just loitering here, in
+case there should be any pieces of sandwich paper flying
+about."</p>
+
+<p>"Is there any chance of my making my escape?" enquired
+the Heif-father. "Are they very watchful people?"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_122" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Excessively so," replied the old Slave. "I've never
+been able to get away for the last ten years."</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-father groaned. "Then it wouldn't be possible
+for you to take a message to my family?"</p>
+
+<p>"Quite impossible, my dear friend, I assure you. Can't
+you find any crack in the shed where you could break
+through?"</p>
+
+<p>"There's <i>nothing</i>," cried the Goat-father. "I've searched
+round and round, and the door is as strong and tight as a prison."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I'll go off and see if I can find a messenger," said
+the old Slave good-naturedly. "Perhaps the old fox would
+manage it."</p>
+
+<p>"A fox! Oh, I don't think <i>that</i> would do," said the Heif-father.
+"It mightn't be safe for my family."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, <i>he's</i> all right," said the Slave. "He's been in captivity
+so long, it's taken all the spirit out of him. He might
+live in a farmyard. He's a good-natured creature, too, and
+I daresay he'll go to oblige me."</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-father pulled a band and buckle off his necktie,
+and poked it under the door.</p>
+
+<p>"Not to eat!" he whispered warningly, "but for the fox
+to take with him, that my wife may know the message comes
+from me; and be quick about it, my good friend, for I really
+am positively starving!"</p>
+
+<p>"All right," said the old Goat, "I'll send the fox off, and
+come back in a few minutes to bring you some stale cabbage
+leaves."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_123" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"A friend in need, is a friend indeed!" murmured the
+Goat-father; and went to sleep that night with more hope
+than he had felt since the moment of his capture.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"Come along, mother," cried Heinrich, grasping the Heif-mother's
+hand as they left the garden before their Ch&acirc;let,
+and commenced the dangerous descent of the mountain.</p>
+
+<p>Far below them they could see the great stretch of the
+dazzlingly white Glacier, with its rents and fissures shining
+greenly in the sunshine. On either side rose bare crags
+topped with grass, and above all, the snowy summits of
+the mountains.</p>
+
+<p>The first part of the journey led along a narrow pathway,
+which the Goat-mother managed very successfully, but when
+they came to the precipice on which rough iron spikes had
+been driven at long intervals to assist the climber, her heart
+failed her, and in spite of her desire to hurry, she entangled
+her shawl and dress so constantly on the nails, that her
+children began to fear she would never reach the level of
+the Glacier.</p>
+
+<p>At last, however, the little party succeeded in making their
+way across the Eismeer, and arrived without further mishap
+at the river leading to the Goat-King's Palace.</p>
+
+<p>This river flowed on the centre of the Glacier, between<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_124" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</a></span>
+steep banks of transparent ice, every now and again disappearing
+into some vast cavern, where it swept with a
+hollow echoing under the ice-field.</p>
+
+<p>"Follow me, mother," said Heinrich. "I see the
+entrance to the Palace just in front of us."</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother gathered up her skirts, and assisted by
+Pyto, began to scramble down the bank to the side of the
+streamlet.</p>
+
+<p>"Where is the boat kept?" she enquired.</p>
+
+<p>"In a snowdrift close to the entrance," replied Heinrich.
+"Don't jump about near the crevasses, Pyto, and I'll go and
+fetch it."</p>
+
+<p>The boat was soon dragged from its hiding place, and
+Heinrich paddled it to the spot where the Goat-mother was
+resting on a snow-bank.</p>
+
+<p>She embarked with some nervousness, clutching desperately
+at her handbag. They pushed off, and were immediately
+carried by the current through the little round opening of
+the cave into the pale green glistening depths of the
+mysterious world beyond.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER V.</h3>
+
+
+<p>There was no need for the Heif family to row. They were
+swept along past the ice walls, and in a few minutes reached
+the Goat-King's landing-place. A small inlet with a flat<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_125" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</a></span>
+shore, on which were arranged two camp stools and a piece
+of red carpet.</p>
+
+<p>"Here we are at last, dear children," said the Goat-mother.
+"What a relief it is, to be sure! Is my bonnet
+straight, Pyto? and do pull your blouse down. Your hair is
+all standing on end, Heinrich! How I wish the Stein-bok
+had allowed me to bring a pocket-comb!"</p>
+
+<p>The Court Porter, seated in a bee-hive chair, came forward
+as soon as he saw them, to ask their business.</p>
+
+<p>"The Goat-King is at home to-day till five o'clock," he
+said. "If you will step this way, I will introduce you
+immediately."</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother trembling in every limb&mdash;for she had
+never had a private interview with Royalty before&mdash;clutched
+a child in each hand and followed the Porter.</p>
+
+<p>They passed down two passages, and finally reached a
+large ice-grotto, with a row of windows opening on to a wide
+crevasse.</p>
+
+<p>The room was filled with a flickering green light that yet
+rendered everything distinctly visible.</p>
+
+<p>On a carved maple chair on the top of a dais sat the
+Goat-King&mdash;a snow-white Goat with mauve eyes and beard;
+completely surrounded with cuckoo clocks, and festoons of
+yellow wood table-napkin rings, and paper-cutters. The
+walls seemed to be covered with them, and the pendulums
+of the clocks were swinging in every direction.</p>
+
+<p>"The King thinks it right to patronize native art," said<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_126" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</a></span>
+the Goat-Queen, who with three of the Princesses had come
+forward graciously to welcome the visitors.</p>
+
+<p>"I find the striking rather trying at times, especially as
+they don't all do it at once, and sometimes one cuckoo
+hasn't finished <i>ten</i> before the others are at <i>twelve</i> again."</p>
+
+<p>"I wish all the works would go wrong!" muttered one
+of the Princesses crossly. "An ice-cavern full of cuckoo
+clocks is a poor fate for one of the Royal Family!"</p>
+
+<p>"We <i>must</i> encourage industries," said the Queen. "It
+is a duty of our position. I should rather the industries
+were noiseless, but we can't choose."</p>
+
+<p>"Bead necklaces and Venetian glass would have been
+more suitable," said the Princess, who had been very well
+educated, "or even brass-work and embroidered table-cloths.
+We might have draped the cavern with <i>them</i>."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment there was a violent whirring amongst the
+clocks; doors flew open in all directions, and cuckoos of
+every size and description darted out, shook themselves
+violently, and the air was filled with such a deafening noise
+that the Goat-mother threw her apron over her head, and
+the Goat-children buried their ears in her skirts, and clung
+round her in terror.</p>
+
+<p>"Merely four o'clock; nothing to make such a fuss
+about," said the Goat-King. "And now, when we can
+hear ourselves speak, you shall tell me what you have
+come for."</p>
+
+<p>As the voice of the last cuckoo died away in a series of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_127" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</a></span>
+jerks, the Goat-mother advanced, and threw herself on her
+knees before the Royal Family, first spreading out her
+homespun apron to keep the cold off.</p>
+
+<p>The King listened to her tale with interest, and his mauve
+eyes sparkled.</p>
+
+<p>"If this is true," he cried fiercely, "the Chamois shall be
+crushed! My official pen, Princess; and a large sheet of
+note paper!"</p>
+
+<p>"Rest yourself, petitioner, you must be tired," said the
+Queen, and pointed to a row of carved and inlaid Tyrolese
+chairs that stood against the wall.</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother and her children seated themselves
+gratefully, and as they did so, a burst of music floated upon
+the air, several tunes struggling together for the mastery.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; it's very unpleasant, isn't it?" said the Goat-Queen,
+seeing the expression of surprise and uneasiness that
+showed itself on the visitors' faces. "We're obliged to
+have all the chairs made like that, to encourage the trade in
+musical boxes. I get very tired of it, I assure you, and I often
+stand up all day, just for the sake of peace and quietness.
+I really <i>dread</i> sitting down!"</p>
+
+<p>Meanwhile, the Goat-King was busily writing, covering his
+white paws with ink in the process; and the Queen, in a very
+loud voice to make herself heard, was conversing with the
+Goat-mother about her household affairs.</p>
+
+<p>"Supplies are most difficult to procure in this secluded
+spot," she said mournfully. "Would you believe me, that<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_128" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</a></span>
+last week we dined <i>every</i> day off boiled Geneva newspapers
+and cabbage? So monotonous, and the King gets quite
+angry!"</p>
+
+<p>"I wish we could live on boiled cuckoos!" cried the eldest
+Princess, who with her sisters was seated on a bench by the
+window, spinning; the pale green light of the Glacier shining
+upon their white dresses, and the little brown spinning-wheels
+that whirred so rapidly before them.</p>
+
+<p>"Petitioner, the order is ready," said the King at this
+moment, waving a large envelope. "Go straight home,
+and send this paper round to all the Goats of the neighbourhood.
+It is an order to the 'Free-will' Goats, to arm,
+and assemble at your house for the defence of your family,
+and the rescue of the Heif-father."</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother curtsied to the ground, kissed the Queen's
+hand, and retired with Heinrich and Pyto through the
+passages to the landing place.</p>
+
+<p>At the last moment one of the Princesses came running
+after the Goat-mother, to press a cuckoo clock upon her, as
+a parting present from the Queen.</p>
+
+<p>The clock was large, and they had some difficulty in getting
+it into the boat, but the Goat-mother did not dare to refuse it.</p>
+
+<p>With the Porter's help they got off at last, and started
+upon the return voyage, Heinrich and Pyto rowing their
+hardest; for the current swept through the ice-caves with
+such force that the Goat-mother had some difficulty in
+steering.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_129" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>As they came out into the daylight, they saw that
+the sun was almost setting, and a faint pink light tinged the
+snow-fields, and the tops of the distant mountains.</p>
+
+<p>"We must hurry, or we shan't be back by nightfall!"
+said the Goat-mother nervously; and they landed on an ice-block,
+covered up the boat again in its hiding place, and set
+off towards home, across the Glacier.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VI.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The weary travellers almost sank with fatigue as they
+stumbled over the rough ice.</p>
+
+<p>In addition to the handbag, they now had the cuckoo
+clock, and though Heinrich had insisted on carrying it
+strapped on his back like a knapsack, his mother could see
+that he became more and more exhausted, and at last
+she determined on taking it from him and carrying it
+herself.</p>
+
+<p>The difficulty was heightened by the fact that the clock
+continued to tick, and the cuckoo to bound out of the door
+at unexpected moments, startling the Goat-mother so, that
+she almost dropped it.</p>
+
+<p>"It's the shaking that puts its works out," said Heinrich.
+"Hold on tight, mother, and we shall get it home safely
+at last!"</p>
+
+<p>"I wish it was at the bottom of the Glacier!" groaned the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_130" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</a></span>
+Goat-mother, staggering along; her bonnet nearly falling off,
+her shawl trailing on the snow behind her.</p>
+
+<p>"Be careful, Pyto! Careless Goat!" she cried. "Test
+the snow-bridges carefully with your alpenstock before you
+venture on them!"</p>
+
+<p>But Pyto, who was young and giddy, went gamboling on;
+until suddenly, without even time for a bleat of terror, he
+fell crashing through the rotten ice, and disappeared from
+view into one of the largest crevasses.</p>
+
+<p>"Goats-i-tivy!" cried the Goat-mother. "He's gone!
+Oh, my darling child, where are you?"</p>
+
+<p>The cuckoo clock was thrown aside, and she ran to the
+edge of the crack and peered down frantically.</p>
+
+<p>"All right, mother," said a voice, sounding very faint and
+hollow, "I've stuck in a hole. Let me down something, and
+perhaps I can scramble out again."</p>
+
+<p>"What have we got to let down?" said the Goat-mother.
+"Not a ball of string amongst us! Oh, if ever we go on a
+journey again, I'll never, <i>never</i> listen to the Stein-bok."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, mother, we must make the best of what we have,"
+cried Heinrich. "Take your shawl off and tear it into
+strips. We <i>may</i> be able to make a rope long enough to
+reach him&mdash;anyhow we'll try!"</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother consented eagerly, though her shawl was
+one she was particularly fond of. She snatched it off, and taking
+out her scissors, she soon cut it into pieces, which Heinrich
+knotted one to the other, and lowered into the crevasse.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_131" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Can you reach it?" he cried, putting his head as far over
+the edge as possible, and peering into the green depths.</p>
+
+<p>The Goat-mother leant over, too; but in stooping her
+head her bonnet became loosened, and slid with a loud
+<i>swish</i> down the ice, darting from side to side until it
+disappeared from sight in the darkness.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, what misfortunes! My child, my shawl, and my
+bonnet, <i>all</i> gone together!" she cried, wringing her hands.
+"Take hold of the rope, my Pyto, and let us at all events
+rescue <i>you</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>"All right, mother," cried the distant voice. "Don't drag
+me up till I call out '<i>Pull</i>.'"</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes the Goat-mother and Heinrich, listening
+intently, heard the welcome shout, and pulling both together
+they landed Pyto&mdash;very much bruised and shaken, but not
+otherwise hurt&mdash;upon the Glacier beside them.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, what a warning!" cried the Goat-mother, and after
+embracing Pyto warmly, she turned to look for the cuckoo
+clock. But it had tobogganed down a steep bank into an
+ice stream close by, and was floating away in the distance,
+<i>cuckooing</i> at intervals as it danced up and down upon the
+water.</p>
+
+<p>Two travellers who had just reached the opposite bank,
+paused in astonishment to listen.</p>
+
+<p>"You see," said one, "this proves what I have always
+told you. Nothing is impossible to Nature. You may even
+hear cuckoos on a Glacier!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_132" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VII.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Goat-mother arrived at home in a pitiable state of
+cold and exhaustion, but she was much cheered by finding
+the house in good order, and a warm supper awaiting her,
+prepared by the hands of the careful Stein-bok.</p>
+
+<p>Lizbet and L&eacute;nora immediately started off with the Royal
+Order; which was sealed with a large crown of red sealing
+wax fastening down a wisp of mauve hair.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning all the Goats of the neighbourhood
+collected in a secret cavern, where they held a patriotic
+meeting, and discussed their plans for the rescue and protection
+of the Heif-father.</p>
+
+<p>Six of the strongest and most daring spirits were to start
+that afternoon for the Inn on the other side of the Glacier,
+while the rest of the Free-will corps would take it in turns
+to remain in ambush in the Heif-goat's garden, in case the
+Chamois should attempt their raid before the day they had
+appointed.</p>
+
+<p>They all agreed that the corps should be armed to the
+teeth, and there was such a demand for sandpaper that the
+store in the Stein-bok's pack was soon exhausted.</p>
+
+<p>"A rusty sword is all the deadlier, when it once gets in,"
+said the Goat-Lieutenant. "I shan't trouble myself about
+petty details."</p>
+
+<p>The Heif-father rescue party started to cross the Glacier<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_133" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</a></span>
+as soon as it became twilight&mdash;for they did not wish to
+attract attention.</p>
+
+<p>The Lieutenant carried a blunderbuss, but the five privates
+were more lightly armed with a collection of rapiers, carving
+knives, daggers, spears, and sword-sticks.</p>
+
+<p>Their uniforms were varied, but each wore a mauve badge
+on his hat, with the motto&mdash;"Goats and justice."</p>
+
+<p>After half-an-hour's steady walking they reached the
+opposite mountain, and climbing the ladders that led to
+the Inn, they skirted the Ch&acirc;let carefully, hiding behind
+the loose rocks and bushes until they were well in the
+shadow of the outbuildings.</p>
+
+<p>"Where are you, Herr Heif?" bleated the Lieutenant in
+a low tone. "We are friends. You needn't be alarmed."</p>
+
+<p>"In here," answered a cautious voice from one of the
+larger sheds. "You can't get in, though&mdash;there's no hope
+of breaking the door open. Iron staples and bars, and the
+strongest hinges. How many of you are there?"</p>
+
+<p>"Six," replied the Lieutenant. "Free-will Goats, armed
+to the teeth!"</p>
+
+<p>"You might look at the place and see if you can find a
+crack anywhere," whispered the Goat-father.</p>
+
+<p>The Lieutenant and his followers walked slowly round
+the house, examining it at every point; but it was all built
+of strong tree trunks tanned brown by the sunshine.
+Suddenly his eye lighted upon a small window. It was
+very high up and quite out of reach of anyone within, but<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_134" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</a></span>
+the Lieutenant thought that by standing on something he
+might be able to raise himself sufficiently to reach it, and
+cut away the glass.</p>
+
+<p>"Is there anything inside that <i>you</i> could stand upon?"
+he enquired.</p>
+
+<p>There was silence, and a sound of scuffling; then the
+voice of the Heif-goat: "I've been examining things, and
+there are two barrels. I think I could put one on the top
+of the other. They <i>might</i> reach to the window, but it has
+two great wooden bars, I couldn't break through."</p>
+
+<p>"Leave that to us," said the Lieutenant, and he turned
+to his followers.</p>
+
+<p>"Two of you get on each other's shoulders, and then
+<i>I</i> will be assisted up. The other three mount in the same
+way by my side," he said quickly. "We who are at the
+top will cut through the window frame with our knives,
+collect the glass, and drag out the Goat-father in no
+time."</p>
+
+<p>This plan was carried out, and in spite of the unsteady
+position of the topmost Goats, and the uncomfortable shaking
+of the lower ones, the wooden bars were at length sawn
+through, and the glass carefully gathered together by the
+Lieutenant in his felt hat.</p>
+
+<p>"Steady!" cried the Lieutenant, "I'm coming down in a
+minute, and you're beginning to shake about so, I can hardly
+keep my balance. Hi! Do you hear me? Steady, there!"</p>
+
+<p>"I can't stand this a moment longer&mdash;my legs are giving<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_135" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</a></span>
+way beneath me!" bleated the lower Goat. "I know I
+shall double up!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke his feet slipped from under him, and he fell
+full length upon the hillside, carrying the others with him;
+and there they all lay in a confused heap, scarcely able to
+realize what had happened to them.</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately, however, no one was seriously hurt. They
+picked themselves up and went to work again with renewed
+vigour.</p>
+
+<p>"Climb up now, Herr Heif!" cried the Lieutenant. "Put
+your head out, and gradually lower yourself. We'll stand
+below and catch you."</p>
+
+<p>"I'm a little afraid, for I know I should fall heavy!" said
+the Goat-father, in a quavering voice; but he did as he was
+told, and shutting his eyes firmly, he slipped from the
+window-sill and fell with a heavy <i>flop</i> into the arms waiting
+to receive him.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VIII.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Goat-mother had lit a comfortable fire in the Heif
+Ch&acirc;let, and the Goat-father's slippers were warming against
+the stove; when a sound of approaching voices and footsteps
+made her start up in excited expectation.</p>
+
+<p>The voices came nearer and nearer. Now she could distinguish
+the National Goat Song, and in another moment<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_136" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</a></span>
+the door flew open, and Herr Heif rushed in accompanied
+by his rescuers.</p>
+
+<p>The children screamed, the Goat-mother wept tears of
+joy; and after a general rejoicing, the whole party sat down
+to a comfortable meal, during which the Lieutenant's health
+was drunk by the Goat-family amidst loud cheering.</p>
+
+<p>"I am sorry we can't invite the whole <i>corps</i>," said the
+Goat-mother. "It's very cold for them outside, but the
+fact is I haven't sufficient crockery. As it is, I am forced
+to make use of oyster shells and the flower pot, though it's
+very much against my principles."</p>
+
+<p>"Hush!" said the Goat-father, "there's someone knocking!"</p>
+
+<p>There was indeed a hurried rapping at the door, and one
+of the Watch-Goats put in his head to say that the band of
+Chamois were seen advancing towards the Ch&acirc;let.</p>
+
+<p>The tallow candle was immediately put out, the Lieutenant
+and his detachment seized their weapons, and concealed
+themselves behind the door, and the Goat-mother and her
+children were shut up in an inner room, where they waited
+in fear and trembling.</p>
+
+<p>On came the Chamois with noiseless leaps, bounding into
+the garden, and approaching the front door with the utmost
+caution. Everything appeared to be turning out according
+to their expectations, and they already saw themselves in
+imagination seated in the Heif-house, revelling in the
+contents of the Goat-mother's store cupboard.</p>
+
+<p>Their long green coats fluttered in the air, the large<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_137" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</a></span>
+bunches of edelweiss in their hats, glistened in the moonlight.</p>
+
+<p>But a low, clear whistle suddenly sounded.</p>
+
+<p>Each Goat sprang from his hiding place, and with a rush
+that took the Chamois completely by surprise, they fell
+upon the invaders, and drove them over the precipice.</p>
+
+<p>It was a real triumph; for the Chamois flew down the
+mountain in the wildest confusion, falling down, and darting
+over each other in their hurry, and never stopping until they
+had reached their own haunts in the region of the distant
+Eismeer.</p>
+
+<p>"A glorious victory!" cried the Lieutenant, "and not a
+drop of blood shed."</p>
+
+<p>As to the Goat-mother, she had passed through such a
+moment of terror that she had to be assisted out of the
+back room by three of the guard, and revived with a cabbage
+leaf before she could recover herself. She then embraced
+everyone all round, and the Goat-father broached a barrel
+of lager-beer; while the tame Fox from the Inn (who had
+appeared at the Ch&acirc;let soon after the departure of the
+rescue party) ran about supplying the visitors with
+tumblers.</p>
+
+<p>The next day the Free-will Goats were disbanded, and
+returned to their homes; after receiving in public the thanks
+of the Goat-King for their distinguished behaviour, and a
+carved matchbox each "For valour in face of the horns of
+the enemy."</p>
+
+<p>The Stein-bok Pedlar was begged to make his home at the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_138" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</a></span>
+Heif Ch&acirc;let, but he loved his wandering life too much to
+settle down.</p>
+
+<p>"Keep the tame Fox instead of me, ma'am," he said, as
+he shook hands warmly with his friends at parting. "The
+poor creature is miserable in captivity."</p>
+
+<p>He then made the Goat-mother a handsome present of
+all his remaining groceries, and departed once more upon
+his travels.</p>
+
+<p>That same afternoon a special messenger from the Goat-King
+arrived with an inlaid musical chair, "as a slight token
+of regard," for the Heif-father.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, at all events, it's better than a cuckoo clock," said
+the Goat-mother resignedly, "but let me warn you seriously
+<i>never to sit down upon it</i>! I know its ways, and though kindly
+meant, I should have preferred paper-knives!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_139" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Great_Ladys_Chief-Mourner" id="The_Great_Ladys_Chief-Mourner"></a>The Great Lady's Chief-Mourner.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>It was a large white house that stood on a hill. In
+front stretched a beautiful garden full of all kinds
+of rare flowers, on to which opened the windows
+of the sitting-rooms.</p>
+
+<p>Everything was handsome and stately, and the lady who
+owned it was handsomer and statelier than her house.</p>
+
+<p>In her velvet dress she sat under the shade of a sweeping
+cedar tree; with a crowd of obsequious relations round her,
+trying to anticipate her lightest wishes.</p>
+
+<p>"How nice it must be to be rich," thought the little
+kitchen-maid as she looked out through the trellis work that
+hid the kitchens at the side of the great house. "How
+happy my mistress must be. How much I should like to
+try just for one day what it feels like!"&mdash;and she went back
+with a sigh to her work in the gloomy kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>Through the latticed window she could see nothing but
+the paved yard, and an old tin biscuit box that stood on
+the window-sill, and contained two little green shoots
+sprouting up from the dark mould.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_140" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>This little ugly box was the kitchen-maid's greatest treasure.
+Every day she watered it and watched over it, for she had
+brought the seeds from the tiny garden of her own home,
+and many sunny memories clustered about them. She was
+always looking forward to the day when the first blossoms
+would unfold, and now it really seemed that two buds were
+forming on the slender stems. The little kitchen-maid
+smiled with joy as she noticed them.</p>
+
+<p>"I shall have flowers, too!" she said to herself hopefully.</p>
+
+<p>One day, as the mistress of the house walked on the
+terrace by the vegetable garden, the little kitchen-maid came
+past suddenly with a basket of cabbages. She smiled and
+curtsied so prettily that the great lady nodded to her kindly,
+and threw her a beautiful red rose she carried in her hand.</p>
+
+<p>The kitchen-maid could hardly believe her good fortune.
+She picked up the flower and ran with it to her bedroom,
+where she put it in a cracked jam-pot in water; and the
+whole room seemed full of its fragrance&mdash;just as the little
+kitchen-maid's heart was all aglow with gratitude at the
+kind act of the great lady.</p>
+
+<p>Time passed, and the little kitchen-maid's rose withered;
+but the slender plants in the tin box expanded into flower,
+and all the yard seemed brighter for their white petals.</p>
+
+<p>One day the mistress of the house fell ill. Doctors went
+and came, crowds of relations besieged the house, an air of
+gloom hung over the bright garden.</p>
+
+<p>The little kitchen-maid waited anxiously for news; and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_141" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</a></span>
+tears rolled down her face as she heard the Church bell
+tolling for the death of the great lady.</p>
+
+<p>A grand funeral started from the white house on the hill.
+Carriages containing relations, who tried vainly to twist
+their faces into an expression of the grief they were supposed
+to be feeling.</p>
+
+<p>Wreaths of the purest hot-house flowers covered the
+coffin&mdash;wreaths for which the relations had given large
+sums of money; but not one woven with sorrowful care by
+the hand of a real lover.</p>
+
+<p>The sod was patted down, the dry-eyed mourners departed;
+and some square yards of bare earth were all that
+now belonged to the great lady.</p>
+
+<p>When everyone had left, the little kitchen-maid crept
+from behind some bushes, where she had been hiding.</p>
+
+<p>Her face was tear-stained, and she carried in her hand two
+slender white flowers.</p>
+
+<p>They were the plants grown with such loving care in the
+old tin box on the window-sill; and she laid them with a
+sigh amongst the rich wreaths and crosses.</p>
+
+<p>"Good-bye, dear mistress! I have nothing else to bring
+you," she whispered; and never dreamed that her gift had
+been the most beautiful of any&mdash;her simple love and tears.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_142" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Dame_Fossies_China_Dog" id="Dame_Fossies_China_Dog"></a>Dame Fossie's China Dog.</h2>
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+
+<p>Granny Pyetangle lived in a little thatched
+cottage, with a garden full of sweet-smelling, old-fashioned
+flowers. It was one of a long row of
+other thatched cottages that bordered the village street.
+At one end of this was the Inn, with a beautiful sign-board
+that creaked and swayed in the wind; at the other, Dame
+Fossie's shop, in which brandy-balls, ginger-snaps, balls of
+string, tops, cheese, tallow candles, and many other useful
+and entertaining things were neatly disposed in a small
+latticed window.</p>
+
+<p>All Granny Pyetangle's relations were dead; and she lived
+quite alone with her little grandson 'Zekiel, who had been a
+mingled source of pride and worry to her, ever since he left
+off long-clothes and took to a short-waisted frock with a
+wide frill round the neck, that required constant attention in
+the way of washing and ironing.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel's favourite place to play in was Granny Pyetangle's
+cottage doorway.</p>
+
+<p>A board had been put up to prevent him rolling out on to
+the cobblestone pavement; and this board though very<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_143" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</a></span>
+irritating to 'Zekiel in many ways&mdash;as preventing him from
+straying down the road and otherwise enjoying himself&mdash;was
+yet not to be despised, as he soon discovered, when he was
+learning to walk.</p>
+
+<p>It was one of the few things he could grasp firmly, without
+its immediately sliding away, doubling up, turning head over
+heels, or otherwise throwing him violently down on the brick
+floor of the kitchen&mdash;before he knew what had happened
+to him!</p>
+
+<p>Granny Pyetangle frequently went to have a chat with
+Dame Fossie, her large sun-bonnet shading her wrinkled
+old face, a handkerchief crossed neatly over her print bodice.
+On these occasions 'Zekiel accompanied his grandmother,
+hanging on to her skirts affectionately with one hand, whilst
+he waved a crust of brown bread in the other&mdash;a crust which
+he generally carried concealed about his person, for the two-fold
+purpose of assisting through his teeth and amusing
+himself at every convenient opportunity.</p>
+
+<p>Whilst Granny Pyetangle discussed the affairs of the
+neighbours, 'Zekiel would sit on the floor by her side contentedly
+sucking his crust, and looking with awe upon the
+contents of the shop. Such a collection of good things
+seemed a perfect fairy-tale to him, and he would often settle
+in his own mind what he would have when he grew up and
+had pence to rattle about in his trousers' pocket, like Eli
+and Hercules Colfox.</p>
+
+<p>Like most children in short petticoats, who&mdash;contrary to<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_144" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</a></span>
+the generally-received idea&mdash;are constantly meditating on
+every subject that comes under their notice; 'Zekiel had
+his own ideas about Granny Pyetangle and her friend Dame
+Fossie.</p>
+
+<p>His grandmother ought to have spent more of her money
+on peppermint-cushions, tin trumpets, and whip-tops, and
+less on those uninteresting household stores; and Dame
+Fossie should have remembered that crusts are poor work
+when brandy-snaps and gingerbread are spread before you,
+and ought more frequently to have bestowed a biscuit on
+the round-eyed 'Zekiel, as he played with the cat, or poked
+pieces of stick between the cracks of the floor when Granny
+Pyetangle wasn't looking.</p>
+
+<p>Though 'Zekiel had no brothers and sisters, he had a great
+many friends, the chief of which were Eli and Hercules
+Colfox, his next door neighbours, who were very kind and
+condescending to him in spite of the dignity of their
+corduroy trousers.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel had a way of ingratiating himself with everyone,
+and of getting what he wanted, that inspired the slower-witted
+Eli and Hercules with awe and admiration; until one
+day he took it into his head to long for Dame Fossie's celebrated
+black and white spotted china dog!</p>
+
+<p>All the village knew this dog, for it had stood for years
+on a shelf above the collection of treasures in the shop
+window. It was not an ordinary china dog such as you
+can see in any china shop now-a-days, but one of the old<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_145" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</a></span>-fashioned
+kind, on which the designer had (like the early
+masters) expended all his art upon the dignity of expression
+without harassing himself with petty details.</p>
+
+<p>Proudly Dame Fossie's dog looked down upon the world,
+sitting erect, with his golden padlock and chain glittering in
+any stray gleams of sunshine; his white coat evenly spotted
+with black, his long drooping ears, neat row of carefully-painted
+black curls across the forehead, and that proud smile
+which, though the whole village had been smitten down
+before him, would still have remained unchangeable.</p>
+
+<p>It was this wonderful superiority of expression that had
+first attracted 'Zekiel as he played about on the floor of
+Dame Fossie's parlour.</p>
+
+<p>The china dog never looked at him with friendly good-fellowship,
+like the other dogs of the village. It never
+wanted to share his crusts, or upset him by running up
+against his legs just as he thought he had mastered the
+difficulties of "walking like Granny!"</p>
+
+<p>It was altogether a strangely attractive animal, and
+'Zekiel, from the time he could first indistinctly put a
+name to anything, had christened it the "Fozzy-gog" out
+of compliment to its owner, Dame Fossie&mdash;and the "Fozzy-gog"
+it remained to him, and to the other children of the
+village, for ever after.</p>
+
+<p>When 'Zekiel was nearly six years of age Granny Pyetangle
+called him up to her, and asked what he would like for
+his birthday present.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_146" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel sat down on a wooden stool in the chimney corner,
+where the iron pot hung, and meditated deeply.</p>
+
+<p>"Eli and Hercules to tea, and a Fozzy-gog to play with,"
+he said at last&mdash;and Granny Pyetangle smiled and said she
+would see what she could do&mdash;"'Zekiel was a good lad, and
+deserved a treat."</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel's birthday arrived, and the moment he opened his
+eyes he saw that his grandmother had redeemed her promise.</p>
+
+<p>On a rush chair beside his pillow stood the very double
+of the Fozzy-gog!&mdash;yellow eyes, gold collar and padlock,
+black spots, and all complete!</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel sprang up, and scrambled into his clothes as
+quickly as possible. He danced round Granny Pyetangle
+in an ecstasy of delight, and scarcely eat any breakfast, he
+was in such a hurry to show his treasure to his two friends.</p>
+
+<p>As he handed it over the low hedge that separated the
+two gardens he felt a proud boy, but Eli did not appear so
+enthusiastic as 'Zekiel expected. He said that "chaney
+dogs was more for Grannies nor for lads," and that if he
+had been in 'Zekiel's place he would have chosen a fine
+peg-top.</p>
+
+<p>Poor 'Zekiel was disappointed. The tears gathered in
+his eyes. He hugged the despised china dog fondly to him,
+and carried it indoors to put in a place of honour in Granny
+Pyetangle's oak corner-cupboard&mdash;where it looked out proudly
+from behind the glass doors, in company with the best tea-cups,
+a shepherdess tending a woolly lamb, two greyhounds<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_147" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</a></span>
+on stony-white cushions, and Grandfather Pyetangle's horn
+snuff-box.</p>
+
+<p>Time passed on, and 'Zekiel's petticoats gave place to
+corduroy breeches, but his devotion to the china dog never
+waned. He would talk to it, and tell it all his plans and
+fancies, and several times he almost persuaded himself that
+it wagged its tail and nodded to him. In fact, he was quite
+sure that when Granny Pyetangle was ill that winter, the
+china dog was conscious of the fact, and looked at him with
+its yellow eyes full of compassion and sympathy.</p>
+
+<p>Poor Granny Pyetangle was certainly very ill. She had
+suffered from rheumatism for many years, and was sometimes
+almost bent double with it; but that autumn it came
+on with increased violence, and 'Zekiel, who nursed his old
+grandmother devotedly, had to sit by the bed-side for hours
+giving her medicine, or the food a neighbour prepared for
+her, just as she required it.</p>
+
+<p>Granny Pyetangle was sometimes rather cross in those
+days, and would scold poor 'Zekiel for "clumping in his
+boots" and "worritting"&mdash;but 'Zekiel was very patient.</p>
+
+<p>"Sick people <i>is</i> wearing at times," said Dame Fossie.
+"Come you down to me sometimes, 'Zekiel, and I'll let you
+play with my chaney dog. It isn't fit as young lads should
+be cooped up always!"&mdash;and when Granny Pyetangle had
+a neighbour with her, 'Zekiel gladly obeyed.</p>
+
+<p>One evening he ran down the village street with a smile
+on his face, and a new penny in his pocket. Squire Hancock<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_148" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</a></span>
+had given it to him for holding his horse, and he was
+going to spend it at Dame Fossie's on a cake for his
+grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>Twilight was falling, yet Dame Fossie's shop was not
+lighted up; which was strange, as a little oil lamp generally
+burned in the window as soon as it grew dusk.</p>
+
+<p>The shop door was shut and locked, and 'Zekiel ran round
+to the back, and climbing on the edge of the rain-water butt,
+he peered over the white dimity blind, into the silent kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>No one was there, and yet Dame Fossie must be somewhere
+in the house, for he distinctly heard sounds of
+thumping and scraping going on upstairs.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll get in through the window, and surprise her!"
+said 'Zekiel; and as one of the latticed panes was unfastened
+he proceeded to push it gently open, and creep in on to
+the table that stood just beneath it.</p>
+
+<p>He unlatched the kitchen door, and stole up the ricketty
+staircase.</p>
+
+<p>The sounds continued, but more loudly. Evidently there
+was a house-cleaning going on, and 'Zekiel supposed this
+was why Dame Fossie had been deaf to his repeated
+knockings. He lifted the latch of the room from which the
+noise proceeded, and peeping cautiously in, beheld such a
+strange sight that he remained rooted to the ground with
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>Dame Fossie's furniture was piled up in one corner&mdash;the
+oak bureau, and the rush-bottomed chairs, inside the four<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_149" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</a></span>-post
+bedstead. A pail of water stood in the middle of the
+floor; and close by was the Fozzy-gog himself, with a mop
+between his paws, working away with the greatest energy.</p>
+
+<p>He was about four times his ordinary size, as upright as
+'Zekiel himself, and was directing the work of several other
+china dogs; amongst whom 'Zekiel immediately recognized
+his own property, Granny Pyetangle's birthday present!</p>
+
+<p>Everyone seemed to be too busy to notice 'Zekiel as he
+stood half in the doorway. Two of the dogs were scouring
+the floor with a pair of Dame Fossie's best scrubbing
+brushes, another was dusting the ceiling with a feather
+broom; whilst several, seated round the four-post bedstead,
+were polishing it with bees' wax and "elbow-grease." They
+all listened to the Fozzy-gog with respectful attention, as
+he issued his directions; for he was evidently a person in
+authority.</p>
+
+<p>It did not occur to 'Zekiel to be surprised that all the
+dogs were chatting together in very comprehensible Dorsetshire
+English. To see them actually living, and moving
+about, was such an extraordinary thing that it swallowed up
+every other feeling, even that of fear.</p>
+
+<p>"Make haste, my good dogs! Put the furniture straight,
+and have all ready. Dame Fossie will be returning soon,
+and we must be back on our shelves before her key turns,"
+said the Fozzy-gog cheerfully.</p>
+
+<p>The dogs all worked with renewed energy, and before
+'Zekiel could collect his scattered wits enough to retreat or<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_150" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</a></span>
+hide himself, the room was in perfect order, and out trooped
+the china dogs carrying the buckets, brooms, and brushes,
+they had been using.</p>
+
+<p>As they caught sight of 'Zekiel, the Fozzie-gog jumped
+several feet into the air.</p>
+
+<p>"What! 'Zekiel spying upon us!" he screamed angrily.
+"Bring the lad into the kitchen. We must examine into
+this," and he clattered down the steep stairs with his mop
+into the wash-house.</p>
+
+<p>Poor 'Zekiel followed trembling. His own dog had crept
+up to him, and slipped one paw into his hand, whispering
+hurriedly, "Don't be downhearted, 'Zekiel. Never contradict
+him, and he will forgive you in a year or two!"</p>
+
+<p>"A year or two!" thought 'Zekiel wretchedly. "And
+never contradict him, indeed! when he says I was spying
+on him. A likely thing!" and he clung to his friend, and
+dragged him in with him into the kitchen.</p>
+
+<p>The Fozzy-gog sat in Dame Fossie's high-backed chair
+in the chimney corner, the other china dogs grouped around
+him. It reminded 'Zekiel of the stories of Kings and their
+Courts, and no doubt the Fozzy-gog <i>was</i> a king&mdash;in his
+own opinion at least.</p>
+
+<p>He questioned 'Zekiel minutely as to how he happened to
+come there so late in the evening; and to all the questions
+'Zekiel answered most truthfully.</p>
+
+<p>The frown on the Fozzy-gog's face relaxed more and
+more&mdash;an amiable smile began to curl the corners of his<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_151" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</a></span>
+mouth, and he extended his paw in a dignified manner
+towards 'Zekiel, who felt like a prisoner reprieved.</p>
+
+<p>"We forgive you, 'Zekiel! You have always been a good
+friend to us, and your own dog speaks well of you," said the
+Fozzy-gog benignly. "You must give us your word you
+will never mention what you have seen. In the future we
+must be china dogs to you, and <i>nothing more</i>; but in return
+for this you may ask one thing of us, and, if possible, we will
+grant it."</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel hesitated. Wild possibilities of delight in the shape
+of ponies and carts flitted rapidly through his mind, and then
+the remembrance of Granny Pyetangle, lying ill and suffering
+on her bed in the little sloping attic, drove everything else
+from his mind.</p>
+
+<p>"I want my poor old Granny to be well again," he said,
+looking the Fozzy-gog bravely in the face&mdash;"and I don't
+want naught else. If you'll do that, I'll promise anything&mdash;that's
+to say, anything in reason," added 'Zekiel, who
+prided himself on this diplomatic finish to his sentence&mdash;which
+was one he had frequently heard his grandmother
+make use of in moments of state and ceremony.</p>
+
+<p>The Fozzy-gog appeared to be favourably impressed by
+'Zekiel's request. He rose from his chair, and waved his
+paw graciously.</p>
+
+<p>"We dismiss this gathering!" he cried. "And you,
+Pyetangle"&mdash;pointing to 'Zekiel's china dog&mdash;"take your
+master home, and bring him to our meeting at the cross-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_152" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</a></span>roads
+to-morrow at midnight. Do not fail. Farewell!"</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke the Fozzy-gog shrank and stiffened. His
+black curls acquired their usual glaze, and he had just time
+to jump upon the shelf above the shop window, before he
+froze into his immovable china self again.</p>
+
+<p>The other dogs disappeared through the open kitchen
+casement; and 'Zekiel found himself in the village street
+without in the least knowing how he got there!</p>
+
+<p>It was almost dark as he ran home, but as he swung open
+the garden gate, he fancied he saw something white standing
+exactly in the centre of the pathway. He was sure he
+heard a faint barking, and a voice whispered&mdash;"Wait a
+minute, 'Zekiel, I want to talk to you." 'Zekiel retreated a
+step, and sat down gasping on a flower bed.</p>
+
+<p>"I want to talk to you," repeated the little voice.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel craned forward, though he was trembling with
+fright, and saw in the fast gathering shadows his own china
+dog, standing beside Granny Pyetangle's favourite lavender
+bush&mdash;though how it managed to get there so quickly he
+could not imagine! He stretched out his hand to stroke
+it, and started up, as instead of the cold china, he felt the
+soft curls of a fluffy fur coat.</p>
+
+<p>"Tell me what it all means! Oh, do'ee, now!" said
+'Zekiel, almost crying.</p>
+
+<p>The china dog sat down by 'Zekiel's side, and putting one
+paw affectionately on his knee, looked up in his face, with
+his honest yellow eyes.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_153" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"The Fozzy-gog has commissioned me to explain all
+about it," he said confidentially. "So don't be frightened,
+and no harm will come of it! Twice every month (if we can
+escape unobserved) we take the form of ordinary dogs, and
+meet together to amuse ourselves, or to work for our owners.
+There are many of us in the village, and as the Fozzy-gog
+is our ruler, we are bound to obey him, and to work more
+for old Dame Fossie than for anybody else. Yesterday we
+knew she was going to visit her married daughter. We
+determined to have a thorough house-cleaning, and were
+just in the midst of it when you came in! It was a good
+thing the Fozzy-gog happened to be in a good temper,
+and knew you well! We have never before been discovered.
+He is a hasty temper, and it certainly <i>was</i> irritating!"</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel began to recover from his terror, and grasped the
+china dog by the paw. He felt proud to think that his ideas
+about china dogs had proved true. They were not merely
+"chaney"&mdash;as Eli and Hercules contemptuously expressed
+it; but were really as much alive as he was himself,
+after all!</p>
+
+<p>"However did you manage to get out of Granny Pyetangle's
+cupboard?" enquired 'Zekiel, curiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I put those lazy greyhounds and the shepherdess at
+it," replied the china dog. "They worked all night, and
+managed to undo the latch early this afternoon. They're
+bound to work for me like all the inferior china things," and
+he shook his head superciliously.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_154" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"And now," said 'Zekiel, "please tell me how the Fozzy-gog
+is going to get my Granny well."</p>
+
+<p>"Ah, that I mayn't tell you," said the china dog. "You
+must come with me to-morrow night to the Dog-wood, and
+you will hear all about it."</p>
+
+<p>As he spoke, he began to shrink and stiffen in the same
+remarkable way as the Fozzy-gog, and a moment after he
+was standing in his ordinary shape in the centre of the
+cobblestone pathway.</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight shone upon his quaint little figure and the
+golden padlock at his neck. 'Zekiel sprang up just as the
+cottage door opened, and a neighbour came out calling,
+"'Zekiel! 'Zekiel! Drat the lad! Where be you gone to?"</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel tucked the china dog under his arm and hurried
+in, receiving a good scolding from Granny Pyetangle and
+her friend for "loitering," but he felt so light-hearted and
+cheerful, the hard words fell round him quite harmlessly.</p>
+
+<p>"Granny&nbsp;'ll be well to-morrow! Granny&nbsp;'ll be well to-morrow!"
+he kept repeating to himself over and over
+again, and he ran into the kitchen just before going to
+bed to make sure the things in the corner cupboard were
+safely shut away for the night.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel hardly knew how he got through the next day, so
+impatient was he for the evening. Granny Pyetangle was
+certainly worse. The neighbours came in and shook their
+heads sadly over her, and Dame Fossie hobbled up from
+her shop and offered to spend the night there, as it was<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_155" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</a></span>
+"no' fit for young lads to have such responsibilities"&mdash;and
+this offer 'Zekiel eagerly accepted.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as it grew dusk, he unlatched the door of the oak
+cupboard; and then being very tired&mdash;for he had worked
+hard since daylight&mdash;he sat down in Granny Pyetangle's large
+chair, and in a minute was fast asleep.</p>
+
+<p>He was awakened by a series of pulls at his smock-frock;
+and starting up he saw that it was quite dark, except for the
+glow of a few ashes on the hearth-stone, and that the china
+dog, grown to the same size as he had been the evening before,
+was trying to arouse him.</p>
+
+<p>"Wake up, 'Zekiel!" he said in a low voice. "Dame
+Fossie is upstairs with your Granny, and we must be off."</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel rubbed his eyes, and taking his cap down from a
+peg, and tying a check comforter round his neck, he followed
+the china dog from the kitchen, and closed and latched the
+door behind him.</p>
+
+<p>Out in the moonlit street, the china dog kept as much as
+possible in the shadow of the houses; 'Zekiel following, his
+hob-nailed boots <i>click</i>, <i>clicking</i> against the rough stones as he
+stumbled sleepily along.</p>
+
+<p>They soon left the village behind them, and plunged into a
+wood, which, stretching for miles across hill and dale, was
+known to be a favourite haunt of smugglers.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel instantly became very wide awake indeed, and
+unpleasant cold shivers ran down his back, as he thought
+he saw black and white forms gliding amongst the trees,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_156" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</a></span>
+and yellow eyes glancing at him between the bare branches.</p>
+
+<p>"It isn't smugglers. It's the dogs galloping to the
+meeting place," said the china dog, who seemed able to
+read 'Zekiel's thoughts in a very unnatural manner.</p>
+
+<p>They soon left the rough pathway they had been following,
+and 'Zekiel, clinging to the china dog's paw, found himself
+in the densest part of the wood, which was only dimly
+lighted by a few scattered moonbeams.</p>
+
+<p>"We are getting near the Dog-wood now," said the china
+dog as they hurried on, and in another moment they came
+out on to the middle of a clearing, round which a dense
+thicket of red-stemmed dog-wood bushes grew in the greatest
+luxuriance.</p>
+
+<p>In the centre was a large square stone, like a stand; on
+which sat the Fozzy-gog, surrounded by about fifty china
+dogs of all shapes and sizes, but each one with a gold
+padlock and chain round his neck, without which none were
+admitted to the secret society of the "Fozzy-gogs."</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel was drawn reluctantly into the magic circle, while
+every dog wagged his tail as a sign of friendly greeting.</p>
+
+<p>The Fozzy-gog nodded graciously, and immediately the
+dogs commenced a wild dance, with many leaps and bounds;
+round the stone on which their ruler was seated.</p>
+
+<p>The moonlight shone brightly on their glancing white
+coats; and behind rustled the great oak trees, their boughs
+twisted into fantastic forms, amidst which the wind whistled
+eerily.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_157" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel shuddered as he looked at the strange scene, and
+longed sincerely to be back again in his little bed at Granny
+Pyetangle's.</p>
+
+<p>"However, it won't do to show I'm afraid, or don't like
+it," he said to himself, so he capered and hopped with the
+others until he was quite giddy and exhausted, and forced to
+sit down on a grassy bank to recover himself.</p>
+
+<p>"The trees are playing very well to-night," said a dog as
+he skipped by. "Come and have another dance?" and he
+flew round and round like a humming top.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel shook his head several times. He was so out of
+breath he could only gasp hurriedly&mdash;"No, no! No more,
+thank you!" but his friend had already disappeared.</p>
+
+<p>The Fozzy-gog now approached him. He carried something
+in his paw, which he placed in 'Zekiel's hand.</p>
+
+<p>"Put this on Grandmother Pyetangle's forehead when you
+return to-night&mdash;promise that you will keep silence for ever
+about what you have seen&mdash;and to-morrow she will be
+well!"</p>
+
+<p>"I promise," said 'Zekiel. "Oh, Fozzy-gog! I'll never
+forget it!"</p>
+
+<p>"No thanks," said the Fozzy-gog. "I like deeds more
+than words. Pyetangle shall take you home."</p>
+
+<p>He beckoned to 'Zekiel's dog, who came up rather sulkily&mdash;and
+'Zekiel found himself outside the magic circle, and well
+on his way home, almost before he could realize that they
+had started!<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_158" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>As he entered Granny Pyetangle's little garden, he saw that
+a light was still burning in her attic.</p>
+
+<p>He went softly into the kitchen. It was quite dark, but a
+ray of moonlight enabled him to see the china dog open the
+cupboard; and, rapidly shrinking, place himself on his
+proper shelf again.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel then took off his boots, ran up the creaking stairs,
+and tapped softly at Granny Pyetangle's bedroom. No one
+answered, so he pushed open the door.</p>
+
+<p>Dame Fossie sat sleeping peacefully in a large rush-bottomed
+chair by the fireplace&mdash;and Granny Pyetangle, on
+her bed under the chintz curtains, was sleeping too.</p>
+
+<p>'Zekiel laid the Fozzy-gog's leaf carefully on her forehead,
+and creeping from the room, threw himself on his own little
+bed, and was soon as fast asleep as the two old women.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning, when Granny Pyetangle awoke, she
+said she felt considerably better, and so energetic was she
+that Dame Fossie had great difficulty in persuading her not
+to get up.</p>
+
+<p>Dame Fossie tidied up the place, and was much annoyed
+to find a dead leaf sticking to Granny Pyetangle's scanty
+grey hair. "How a rubbishy leaf o' dog-wood came to get
+there, is more nor <i>I</i> can account for," she said crossly, as
+she swept it away into the fire, before 'Zekiel could interfere
+to rescue it.</p>
+
+<p>Granny Pyetangle's recovery was wonderfully rapid.
+Every day she was able to do a little more, and 'Zekiel's<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_159" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</a></span>
+triumph was complete when he was allowed to help her
+down the stairs into the kitchen, and seat her quavering,
+but happy, on the great chair in the chimney corner.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it do seem pleasant to be about agin," said Granny
+Pyetangle, smoothing her white linen apron. "No'but you
+have kept the place clean, 'Zekiel, like a good lad. There's
+those things in corner cupboard as bright as chaney can be!
+and that chaney dog o' yours sitting as life-like as you please!
+It wouldn't want much fancy to say he was wagging his tail
+and looking at me quite welcoming!"</p>
+
+<p>The wood fire blazed and crackled, the kettle sang on its
+chain in the wide chimney. Granny Pyetangle was almost
+well, and quite happy; and 'Zekiel felt his heart overflowing
+with gratitude towards the Fozzy-gog.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll never forget him. Never!" said 'Zekiel to himself,
+"and I wouldn't tell upon him not if anyone was to worrit
+me ever so!"&mdash;and indeed he never did.</p>
+
+<p>Years passed, and Dame Fossie's shop was shut, and Dame
+Fossie herself was laid to rest. Her daughter inherited most
+of her possessions; but&mdash;"to my young friend 'Zekiel Pyetangle,
+I will and bequeath my china dog, hoping as he'll be
+a kind friend to it," stood at the end of the sheet of paper
+which did duty as her will. And so 'Zekiel became the owner
+of the Fozzy-gog after all!</p>
+
+<p>Granny Pyetangle has long since passed away, but the
+little thatched cottage is still there, with the garden full of
+lavender bushes and sweet-smelling flowers. From the glass<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_160" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</a></span>
+door of the corner cupboard the Fozzy-gog and his companion
+look out upon the world with the same inscrutable expression;
+and 'Zekiel himself, old and decrepit, but still cheerful,
+may at this moment be sitting in the cottage porch, watching
+his little grandchildren play about the cobblestone pathway,
+or talking over old times with Eli and Hercules Colfox, who,
+hobbling in for a chat, take a pull at their long pipes, and
+bemoan the inferiority of everything that does not belong to
+the time when "us were all lads together."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_161" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Princess_Sidigundas_Golden_Shoes" id="Princess_Sidigundas_Golden_Shoes"></a>Princess Sidigunda's Golden Shoes.</h2>
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p>Princess Sidigunda lived with her parents in
+a beautiful old castle by the sea. It was so near
+that the royal gardens sloped down gradually to
+the shore, and from its battlements&mdash;where the little Princess
+was allowed to walk sometimes on half-holidays&mdash;she could
+watch the ships with their gaily-painted prows and golden
+dragons' heads, sweeping over the water in quest of new
+lands and fresh adventures.</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda was an only child, and at her christening
+every gift you can imagine had been showered upon her.</p>
+
+<p>The Trolls of the Woods gave her beauty; the Trolls of
+the Water, a free, bright spirit; the Mountain-Trolls, good
+health; and last, but not least, her chief Godfather, the
+Troll of the Seashore, had given her a beautiful little pair
+of golden slippers.</p>
+
+<p>"Never let the child take them off her feet," said the old
+Troll. "As long as she keeps them she will be happy. If
+ever they are lost the Princess's troubles will begin."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_162" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"But they will grow too small for her!" said the Queen
+anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh no, they won't!" said the old Troll. "They will
+grow as she grows, so you needn't trouble about that."</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 370px;">
+<img src="images/image186.png" width="370" height="400" alt="The Princess." title="The princess." />
+</div>
+
+<p>Time went on, and the little Princess grew to be ten
+years old.</p>
+
+<p>The old Troll's promise was fulfilled, and her life had been
+a perfectly happy one. Watched by her faithful nurse, she
+had never had any opportunity of losing her magic shoes;<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_163" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</a></span>
+and though she often bathed and played about the shore
+with her young companions, she was never allowed to be
+without one of her attendants, in case she should forget
+her Godfather's caution.</p>
+
+<p>One fine summer afternoon, the Princess, with some of
+her friends, ran down to the sands from the little gate in the
+castle wall.</p>
+
+<p>The sea looked green and beautiful, light waves curling
+over on the narrow strip of yellow shore.</p>
+
+<p>"Let's wade!" cried the Princess. "My nurse is ill in
+bed, and my two ladies think we are playing in the garden.
+We'll have a little treat of being alone, and enjoy ourselves!"</p>
+
+<p>"We must take our slippers off," said one of the children,
+as they raced along.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, I wish <i>I</i> could!" cried the Princess. "I don't
+believe <i>once</i> would matter. I'll put them in a safe place
+where the sea can't get at them," and as she spoke she
+pulled off her golden shoes, and hid them in a great hurry
+behind a sand-bank.</p>
+
+<p>The Princess's little friends ran off laughing; while she
+followed, her hair streaming, her bare feet twinkling in the
+sunlight.</p>
+
+<p>"How nice it is to be free, without those tiresome shoes!"
+cried the Princess.</p>
+
+<p>The children paddled in the water until they were tired,
+and then Sidigunda thought it was time to put on her
+slippers again. She ran to the bank, but gave a cry of<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_164" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</a></span>
+astonishment&mdash;she could only find one of her golden shoes!
+Tears sprang to her eyes as she looked about her wildly.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh what shall I do?" she cried. "My shoe! My
+Godfather's shoe!"</p>
+
+<p>The children gathered round her eagerly.</p>
+
+<p>"It must be there. Who can have taken it?"</p>
+
+<p>They searched the low sand dunes up and down, but not
+a trace of the lost slipper could be found. It was gone as
+entirely as if it had never existed; and as the Princess drew
+on the remaining one, the tears rolled down her face, and
+fell upon the sand-hill by which she was sitting.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Godfather! dear Godfather! come and help me!"
+she wailed. "Do come and help me!"</p>
+
+<p>At her cry, the sand-hill began to quiver and shake
+strangely. It heaved up, and an old man's head, with a
+long grey beard, appeared in the middle; followed slowly by
+a little brown-coated body.</p>
+
+<p>"What is the matter, God-daughter? Your tears trickled
+down to me and woke me up, just as I was comfortably
+sleeping," he said querulously. "They're saltier than the
+sea, and I can't stand them."</p>
+
+<p>"My shoe's gone! Oh! whatever am I to do? I'm <i>so</i>
+sorry, Godfather!"</p>
+
+<p>"So you ought to be!" said the old man sharply. "I
+told you something bad would happen if you ever took them
+off. The question is now, Where's the shoe gone to?"</p>
+
+<p>He leant his elbows on the mound, and looked out to sea.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_165" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Just what I thought!" he exclaimed. "The Sea-children
+have taken it for a boat. I <i>must</i> speak to the Sea-grandmother
+about them, and get her to keep them in better order."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, it's gone then, and I shall never get it back again!"
+wept the Princess. "What am I to do, Godfather?"</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 347px;">
+<img src="images/image189.png" width="347" height="400" alt="Godfather." title="Godfather." />
+</div>
+
+<p>"Have you courage enough to go and find your shoe by
+yourself?"</p>
+
+<p>"If that's the only way to get it back," said the Princess
+bravely.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, then, you must start immediately, or the Sea-<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_166" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</a></span>children
+will have hidden it away somewhere. You will be
+obliged to have a passport, but I'll tell you how to get that.
+Take this veil"&mdash;and he drew a thin, transparent piece of
+silvery gauze from his pocket&mdash;"and throw it over your head
+whenever you go under the water. With it you will be able
+to breathe and see, as well as if you were on dry land. From
+this flask"&mdash;and he handed Sidigunda a curious little gold
+bottle&mdash;"you must pour a few drops on to your remaining
+shoe, and whenever you do so it will change in a moment
+into a boat, a horse, or a fish, as you desire it."</p>
+
+<p>"How am I to start, and where am I to go to?" asked
+the Princess, trying not to feel frightened at the prospect
+before her.</p>
+
+<p>"Launch your shoe as a boat, and float on till you meet
+the Sea-Troll, who is an old friend of mine. Explain your
+errand to him, and say I begged him to direct you and give
+you a passport. And now one last word before I leave you.
+Never, <i>whatever</i> happens, cry again; for there is nothing
+worries me so much, and I want to finish my sleep
+comfortably."</p>
+
+<p>With these words the old Troll collected his long grey
+beard which had strayed over the sand-hill; and folding it
+round him, he disappeared in the hole again.</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda did not give herself time to think.
+She ran down to the edge of the water, took off her golden
+shoe, and poured some of the contents of her Godfather's
+flask over it.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_167" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It changed immediately into a boat, into which the
+Princess stepped tremblingly; and it floated away over the
+blue water until the little Princess, straining her eyes eagerly,
+lost sight of her home, and the land faded away into a mere
+streak upon the horizon.</p>
+
+<p>"I wonder when I shall meet the Sea-Troll and what
+he's like," thought Princess Sidigunda. "I suppose I shall
+be able to recognize him somehow."</p>
+
+<p>As she thought this, she noticed that some object was
+rapidly floating towards her. It did not look like a boat,
+and as it came nearer and nearer, she could see that it was
+a large shell, on which an old man with a long beard was
+seated cross-legged, surrounded by a crowd of laughing
+Sea-children. They clung to the sides of the shell, swum
+round it, or climbed up to rest themselves on its crinkled
+edges.</p>
+
+<p>"Who are you, and what are you doing here?" cried the
+old man in a gruff voice.</p>
+
+<p>The Princess trembled; but she seized her veil and the
+little flask, and holding them out she repeated her Godfather's
+message.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll see what I can do, though really these children wear
+me out!" said the Sea-Troll. "I can't keep my eye on all
+of them at once! You had better go down to the Sea-city,
+and ask if they've carried your shoe there. If not, the Troll-writers
+will tell you where it is. Show this to the city guard,
+and they will direct you to the Palace." He gave the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_168" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</a></span>
+Princess a flat shell on which some letters were engraved.
+"Sink down at once," he continued; "you are over the
+city now," and with a wave of his hand he sailed away with
+the children, and was soon out of sight.</p>
+
+<p>"I suppose there's nothing else to be done," sighed
+Sidigunda, and throwing the scarf over her head, she poured
+a few drops from the bottle upon her shoe.</p>
+
+<p>"Turn into a fish and carry me down to the Sea-city!"
+she said.</p>
+
+<p>In a moment she felt herself sinking through the clear
+water, deeper and deeper, with a delicious drowsy feeling
+that almost soothed her to sleep. She knew she was <i>not</i>
+asleep though, for she could see the misty forms of sea
+creatures, darting about in the dim shadows, and great
+waving sea-weeds&mdash;crimson, yellow, and brown&mdash;floating up
+from the rippled sand beneath.</p>
+
+<p>And now the shoe swum straight on, darting through the
+water like an eel; until a large town came in sight, with high
+walls and Palaces, and shining domes covered with mother-o'-pearl.</p>
+
+<p>They stopped at a great gate, before which a fish dressed
+as a sentry was standing.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as he saw the little Princess, he drew his sword,
+and came gliding towards her.</p>
+
+<p>"Your name and business!" he enquired, in a high thin voice.</p>
+
+<p>"I am Princess Sidigunda, seeking my golden shoe, and
+I bring this from the Sea-Troll," said the Princess coura<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_169" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</a></span>geously.
+"Will you tell me where I am to find the Trolls
+of the Palace?"</p>
+
+<p>The fish handed the shell back sulkily, and pointed up
+the street.</p>
+
+<p>"Go straight through till you come to the marble building
+with the pearls over the door," he said; and gave the Princess
+a poke with the handle of his sword, that pushed her through
+the gate, almost before she had time to draw on her golden
+shoe again.</p>
+
+<p>"What a rude, ill-bred sentry!" said Sidigunda. "My
+father would be very angry if any of <i>our</i> soldiers behaved
+so; but then, of course, this one is only a fish. What a
+strange country I seem to have got into!"</p>
+
+<p>She walked along the street, looking on each side of her
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the houses had transparent domes, like beautiful
+soap bubbles; some were built of coloured pebbles, and pink
+and red coral, with branching trees of green and brown
+seaweed growing up, beside and over them.</p>
+
+<p>Everything was strange, and unlike the earth; but what
+struck the Princess most was that no inhabitants were to
+be seen anywhere. A few fish swam about lazily, otherwise
+an unbroken silence reigned in the Sea-city.</p>
+
+<p>Far away, at the end of the wide sanded road, a great
+marble palace towered over the surrounding houses; and as
+the Princess neared it she saw that the doors were wide
+open. She walked in fearlessly, and found herself in a large<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_170" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</a></span>
+hall, with walls entirely covered with cockle-shells. Long
+stone tables filled the middle of the room; at which a crowd
+of small brown-coated men were seated, scribbling away
+with long pens, but in total silence.</p>
+
+<p>The great grey beards of some of the writers had touched
+the ground, and even twisted themselves round the legs of
+the benches on which the old men were sitting.</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda stood for a minute looking on,
+curiously. She then went up to one of the Trolls and pulled
+him gently by the sleeve.</p>
+
+<p>He did not look up, but his pen slightly slackened its
+speed.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you want?" he enquired in an uninterested
+voice. "Make haste, for I have no time to spare!"</p>
+
+<p>"What rude people they all are!" thought the Princess.
+"The Sea-Troll said you would tell me how to find my
+golden shoe," she continued aloud.</p>
+
+<p>"I wish the Sea-Troll would mind his own business!"
+said the little brown man vindictively. "He's always
+distracting us from our State business with all sorts of
+messages."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you working for the State?" enquired Sidigunda.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course! I thought every oyster knew that," replied
+the brown Troll.</p>
+
+<p>"Are they particularly uneducated, then?" asked the
+Princess.</p>
+
+<p>"Why they're <i>babies</i>!" said the brown Troll. "You can<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_171" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</a></span>
+see them any day in their beds by the side of the road, if you
+have eyes in your head."</p>
+
+<p>"What a place to keep babies in!" thought the Princess,
+but she said nothing, for she saw that the old Troll's disposition
+was very irritable.</p>
+
+<p>"Would you tell me one thing," she began. "I do so
+much want to know why I saw no one in the streets as I
+came along. Where have all the people gone to?"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, of <i>all</i> the idi&mdash;&mdash;" commenced the brown Troll,
+then checked himself with an effort. "Of course you can't
+know how foolish your questions sound," he said. "When
+you're two or three hundred years old I daresay you'll be
+more sensible. Why all the people are asleep&mdash;you don't
+suppose it's the same as in <i>your</i> country!"</p>
+
+<p>"Do they sleep all the time?" asked the Princess.</p>
+
+<p>"Not all the time, of course. In this town it's two weeks
+at a stretch. In other places more, or less. By this arrangement
+we always have half the population asleep, and half
+awake&mdash;much pleasanter and less crowding. I can't think
+why it's not done in other places!"</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda looked surprised.</p>
+
+<p>"Will the children who took my shoe be asleep?" she
+enquired anxiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Not they!" said the brown Troll crossly, "I wish
+they would be! Children under twelve <i>never</i> sleep.
+It's like having a crowd of live eels always round me!
+I'd put them to sleep when they were a month old, and not<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_172" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</a></span>
+let them wake till they came of age, if I had <i>my</i> way!"</p>
+
+<p>The Princess felt rather frightened of this savage little
+brown man. She was afraid to ask any more questions,
+though she longed to know why he and his companions
+were not asleep too.</p>
+
+<p>"Go straight down the street," commenced the old Troll
+abruptly, "out of the green gate, along the road to the
+open country. Turn your shoe into a horse, and don't stop
+till you reach the Crab-boy's hut. He will direct you."</p>
+
+<p>"That sounds simple enough," thought the Princess,
+"but I wish he would tell me a little more!"</p>
+
+<p>The brown Troll, however, refused to open his mouth
+again, and Princess Sidigunda was obliged to start off upon
+her wanderings, with no more guide than the few words
+he had chosen to speak to her.</p>
+
+<p>She ran down the silent street, and out at the green gate;
+the Fish-sentry allowing her to pass without objection. As
+soon as she reached the country road, she walked more
+slowly. She particularly wanted to see the beds with the
+Sea-babies, which the old Troll had spoken about.</p>
+
+<p>For some distance she noticed nothing except wide sandy
+plains dotted with rocks, shells, and waving forests of giant
+seaweed&mdash;huge fish darting about in all directions&mdash;but at
+last the scenery grew wilder; and close to the road side she
+came upon a grove of oysters, each half-open shell containing
+a Sea-child, whose head and arms appeared above the
+edges of the shell, while its feet and body were invisible.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_173" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Beside them sat an old woman, grey and wrinkled; with a
+small switch in her hand, with which she occasionally
+touched the Sea-babies as they leaned too far from their
+shells, or as their laughter rose too noisily.</p>
+
+<p>The little Princess stopped and looked at the children
+curiously; and the old woman stepped forward and made a
+polite curtsey.</p>
+
+<p>"They are rather noisy to-day," she said deprecatingly.
+"The oyster-nurses have gone out for a holiday, and I have
+to keep the whole bed in order!"</p>
+
+<p>"I should like to wait and play with them," said the
+Princess, "but I really am in such a hurry&mdash;I've lost my
+golden shoe."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, you're going to the Crab-boy, I suppose?" said
+the old woman. "Down the road as straight as you can
+go, and you'll come to his hut," and she turned away to the
+children again.</p>
+
+<p>Sidigunda took off her slipper, and poured out some drops
+from her magic bottle.</p>
+
+<p>Immediately it grew larger and larger; and she had just
+time to spring in, before it galloped away with a series of
+bounds that made it very difficult to cling on.</p>
+
+<p>Faster and faster it went, until the country seemed only a
+flying haze; and just as the Princess began to feel she
+could endure no more, it stopped abruptly before a small
+hut.</p>
+
+<p>Outside the door a boy sat on a stone seat, playing on a<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_174" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</a></span>
+long horn whose notes echoed among the rocky hills that
+surrounded him.</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda looked at the boy with a friendly smile.
+He stopped playing, and made room for her to sit down
+beside him.</p>
+
+<p>"I knew you were coming," he said. "You want to go to
+the Sea-grandmother, don't you?"</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I do!" said the Princess. "Do you live here all
+alone?"</p>
+
+<p>"Why, of course," replied the Crab-herd, "I look after all
+the crabs of the district. You may see me collect them if
+you like, for if I'm to go with you now, I must shut them up
+safely before starting."</p>
+
+<p>As he said this, he rose, and blowing a few notes on his
+horn, he walked slowly along, followed by the Princess.</p>
+
+<p>As the horn sounded, crabs of every size and colour came
+darting out from the stones, and scuttled across the sand
+towards the Crab-boy. There were red and green, yellow
+and brown, large and small&mdash;a procession growing larger and
+larger, until it reached an enclosed space, into which the boy
+guided it, and then shut the gate securely.</p>
+
+<p>The Princess had dropped down to rest upon a conch-shell,
+in the shade of some purple seaweed, and she looked up at
+the Crab-herd with her large blue eyes, while he counted his
+crabs, and chased in one or two of the stragglers.</p>
+
+<p>"Is the Sea-grandmother's house far off?" she asked
+thoughtfully.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_175" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Up in the great mountains, no distance from here. She
+lives in a cave, with plenty of space for her knitting."</p>
+
+<p>"Does she knit <i>much</i>?" enquired Sidigunda.</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; she knits and spins too. She never leaves off; and
+never has for hundreds and thousands of years."</p>
+
+<p>"What a very old lady she must be! Old enough to be
+a great-great-great-grandmother!" cried the Princess in
+astonishment.</p>
+
+<p>"If you said three hundred '<i>greats</i>' you would be nearer
+the real thing," remarked the Crab-boy. "But come now,
+follow me, and we will start immediately."</p>
+
+<p>Princess Sidigunda got up, and taking the Crab-herd's
+hand, they set off down the road towards the mountains.</p>
+
+<p>As they reached the foot of the grey cliffs, the Crab-boy
+unfolded a pair of fin-like wings from his elbows, and began
+to swim upwards&mdash;leaving the little Princess with her arms
+stretched out imploringly towards him.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, <i>don't</i> leave me here by myself!" she cried. "I shall
+never find my way to the Sea-grandmother!"</p>
+
+<p>"Why there she is, just above us in that cave in the side
+of the mountain," said the Crab-boy. "Don't you see her
+beautiful white hair, and the flash of her knitting-needles?"</p>
+
+<p>The Princess looked up, and there sat a beautiful old lady
+in a hole in the rock, high, high above them. A crowd of
+Sea-children played about her, and seemed to be carrying
+away the cloud-like white knitting as fast as it flowed from
+her busy fingers.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_176" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>She bent her head towards Sidigunda, and nodded to her,
+without ceasing her work for a moment.</p>
+
+<p>"Come, Princess, and talk to me!" she called in a sweet,
+low voice. "Take your shoe off, and it will bring you here
+in a moment."</p>
+
+<p>Sidigunda did as she was told&mdash;for the old lady spoke as
+if she were used to being obeyed without question&mdash;and
+found herself floating upwards, until she alighted on a broad
+ledge right in front of the Sea-grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>"So you have come all this way to find your golden shoe?"
+the old lady said in her clear, even voice. "Sit down, and
+tell me all about it."</p>
+
+<p>The Princess thought the Sea-grandmother's face young
+and lovely. It was smooth and unwrinkled; eyes clear as
+crystal, with blue depths in them, shining out with a soft
+benign look; while her slim hands turned and twisted unceasingly,
+and her long green dress fell round her in wave-like
+folds.</p>
+
+<p>Her smile was so soft and kind, that the Princess felt as if
+she had known her all her life.</p>
+
+<p>"I have sent for your shoe, my child," she said. "Those
+tiresome grandchildren of mine give me a great deal of
+trouble. I can't keep my eyes on all of them at once, and so
+they are always in mischief!"</p>
+
+<p>Sidigunda looked up in the gentle face; and sat down
+confidingly beside the Sea-grandmother.</p>
+
+<p>"Do you always knit so busily, Grandmother?" she said,<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_177" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</a></span>
+as she watched the white foamy fabric float off the needles.</p>
+
+<p>"Of course, child. I have been working like this for
+thousands and thousands of years. Who do you imagine
+would provide the waves with nightcaps if <i>I</i> ever stopped?
+When the wind blows and they dance, or when they curl
+over on the shore, they would be cold indeed, without my
+comfortable white nightcaps!"</p>
+
+<p>"Can you get me my shoe, dear Grandmother?" asked
+the little Princess wistfully.</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly, dear child. Though if you had not come at
+once, you might have had to wait a few hundred years or so,
+before I could have found it for you. The children wander
+so far now-a-days! Have you seen it?" the Sea-grandmother
+continued, turning to some of the children who
+surrounded her.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, yes," they answered in chorus. "Just now it floated
+above us. We can fetch it in a minute!"</p>
+
+<p>"Swim away then, as fast as you can!" cried the Sea-grandmother,
+and the children darted off like fish through
+the green clearness of the water.</p>
+
+<p>The sound of their laughter had hardly died away in the
+distance, before they reappeared, dragging the golden shoe
+behind them; and the Princess, with smiles of joy, embraced
+them all as she drew it on to her foot again.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, thank you, dearest Grandmother! I don't know
+how I can show you how grateful I am," cried Sidigunda.</p>
+
+<p>"By going home at once to your father and mother, and<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_178" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</a></span>
+by promising me <i>never</i> again to be disobedient," said the
+Sea-grandmother gravely. "Give me your shoe, and I will
+order it to take you back to the Castle."</p>
+
+<p>She stopped her needles for a moment, and passed her
+hand over the slipper: then kissed the little Princess, and
+waved the knitting rapidly before her.</p>
+
+<p>A white cloud seemed to float over Sidigunda, and she
+felt herself lifted up with a soothing motion, until on opening
+her eyes she found she was once more in the region of the
+fresh air and sunshine. Looking round, she saw the ruffled
+surface of the sea, and the waves breaking upon the shore
+before the Castle.</p>
+
+<p>Her heart beat with happiness, as the golden shoe landed
+her safely on the beach; and she ran up through the little
+gate into the Castle gardens, right into the arms of her
+mother, who was pacing up and down with her attendants,
+in great anxiety.</p>
+
+<p>Under the shade of some spreading fir trees the Princess
+related her adventures, begging the King and Queen to
+forgive her for her disobedience; and the whole Court was
+so delighted at her return that everyone forgot to scold her.</p>
+
+<p>That evening bonfires were lighted on all the hill-tops;
+and a great banquet was held in the Castle, at which the
+Princess appeared amidst loud cheering, and, holding her
+father's hand, drank from a golden goblet to the health of
+her Godfather, the Shore-Troll, and the Sea-grandmother.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_179" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="The_Badgers_School" id="The_Badgers_School"></a>The Badger's School,</h2>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">or</span></h4>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Adventures of a Bear Family.</span></h4>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>In the very heart of a great forest in Sweden lived
+a Bear family, called "Bjornson."</p>
+
+<p>They were much respected throughout the whole
+neighbourhood, for they were kind and hospitable to everyone;
+and as their home was in such an unfrequented part
+of the country they were able often to give entertainments
+which it was quite safe to attend without fear of Foresters
+or other human inconveniences.</p>
+
+<p>Their house was built of large stones, neatly roofed with
+pine branches, and was reached by a winding path through
+the rocks, the entrance to which had become covered by a
+dense thicket of bushes. A small wire had been cunningly
+arranged by the Bear-father, so that in the event of any
+stranger entering the door a bell would be rung in the Bear-kitchen;
+but so far the household had fortunately never
+been alarmed by this contrivance.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_180" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>The two Bjornson children, Knut and Otto, led a very
+happy life in the forest. Whenever they liked they could
+bring some of their young companions home from the
+School-house in the evening; and then the Bear-mother
+would seat herself on a tree-stump and play tunes for them
+to dance to&mdash;for Fru Bjornson was highly educated, and
+had learnt the concertina in all its branches.</p>
+
+<div class="figcenter" style="width: 313px;">
+<img src="images/image205.png" width="313" height="400" alt="&quot;THE BEAR-MOTHER HAD LEARNT THE CONCERTINA IN ALL ITS BRANCHES&quot;" title="&quot;THE BEAR-MOTHER HAD LEARNT THE CONCERTINA IN ALL ITS BRANCHES&quot;" />
+<span class="caption">&quot;THE BEAR-MOTHER HAD LEARNT THE CONCERTINA IN ALL ITS BRANCHES&quot;</span>
+</div>
+
+<p>This of course was all very delightful: but every morning
+Knut and Otto were obliged to start off at daybreak with
+their books and satchels for the forest School, and there a
+time of trouble usually awaited them. It was kept by an
+old Badger of very uncertain temper, and all his pupils
+stood in great awe of the birch rod which lay in a conspicuous
+place upon his writing-table.</p>
+
+<p>"It's all very well for the Hedgehogs," the scholars often
+grumbled to each other. "Of course <i>they</i> can do just what
+they like, as they happen to be covered all over with quills&mdash;but
+for <i>us</i> it's a very different affair!"</p>
+
+<p>Certainly strict discipline was maintained by the Badger
+during School time. His eyes seemed to be upon everyone
+at once, and it was vain to try and crack nuts, draw caricatures,
+or eat peppermint lozenges&mdash;the rod would come
+down immediately with a <i>thump</i>! and the offender, as he
+stood in a corner of the room with a fool's cap on, had
+time to fully realize the foolishness of his own behaviour.</p>
+
+<p>Forest History and Arithmetic were the Badger's two
+favourite studies, and each pupil was expected to know the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_181" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</a></span>
+Multiplication Table upside-down, and to be able to give
+the date of any event in Bear-history, without a moment's
+hesitation.</p>
+
+<p>It was perhaps not to be wondered at that the scholars
+were glad when playtime arrived, and that they rushed
+home helter-skelter, with shouts of joy, the moment the
+School-house door was thrown open.</p>
+
+<p>Many practical jokes had been tried upon the old Schoolmaster,
+and the offenders had invariably been severely
+punished, but one day in early autumn Knut and Otto, as
+they walked home with their friends, suggested a plan
+which would sweep away at one blow a great part of the
+misery of their School life.</p>
+
+<p>"You know the great History and Arithmetic books that
+Herr Badger always keeps on the desk in front of him?"
+said Knut. "We'll scoop out the insides and fill them with
+fireworks. Then directly he comes into School, we'll let
+them off. What an explosion there'll be! He <i>will</i> be
+frightened! No more sums and dates after that. Hurrah!
+Hurrah!"</p>
+
+<p>The scholars jumped about with delight when they heard
+the young Bears' idea, and eagerly agreed to join in the
+mischief.</p>
+
+<p>Their mothers were quite surprised the next morning to
+see with what alacrity they all started for School&mdash;half-an-hour
+earlier than their usual custom&mdash;and Fru Bjornson
+remarked to her old servant that "she really believed the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_182" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</a></span>
+children were beginning to take an interest in their studies
+<i>at last</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>The old Badger had not yet finished breakfast in his
+cottage by the School-house; so his pupils were able to
+enter the School-room unobserved, and had soon carried
+out their simple arrangements.</p>
+
+<p>An oiled string was attached, winding up the leg of the
+table to the fireworks; and the end was to be lighted by
+Knut the moment Herr Badger had seated himself.</p>
+
+<p>Everything being completed, the scholars seized their
+books; and when their master appeared in the doorway,
+murmured a respectful greeting, to which he responded by
+a stately bow.</p>
+
+<p>"Your slates, pupils. We will commence as usual with
+a few easy sums."</p>
+
+<p>A subdued groan broke from the scholars; and Knut&mdash;stooping
+down under pretence of tying up his shoe&mdash;applied
+a match to the string, while his companions shuffled as
+loudly as possible, to hide the sound of the striking.</p>
+
+<p>"Silence, if you <i>please</i>!" shouted the Badger. "Have
+you come to school to dance the polka? Attend to this
+little problem immediately, and mind it is correctly answered.
+If 10,000 Bears and a Pole-cat, ran round a tree 1,500 times
+and a half, in an hour and ten minutes; each knocking off
+one leaf and three-quarters every time he ran round&mdash;how
+many leaves would be knocked off in a fortnight?"</p>
+
+<p>"They couldn't do it," muttered a hedgehog derisively.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_183" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</a></span>
+"There wouldn't be room for a quarter of them!"</p>
+
+<p>"Make haste! Make haste!" cried the Badger, rapping
+his desk; but just at that moment, <i>whirr!</i> <i>whizz!</i> <i>bang!</i>
+The books flew open with a loud report, and out sprang
+the crackers, and began to fizz and bound about the table.</p>
+
+<p>Herr Badger's black skull cap tumbled off, and he fell
+backwards in his astonishment, shouting for help; while the
+whole school darted away through the open door into the
+woods, in a state of the wildest delight and excitement.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Fru Bjornson was busily employed in her kitchen, stirring
+up some liquid in a large saucepan. It was cranberry jam
+for the winter, and on the floor stood a long row of brown
+jars into which it was to be poured when the boiling was
+thoroughly completed.</p>
+
+<p>The servant, a little thin light-brown Bear, in a large
+apron, waited close by, ready to poke the fire, or give any
+other assistance that was required of her.</p>
+
+<p>In the salon, Herr Bjornson, with a pucker on his forehead,
+was adding up his Bee accounts&mdash;for he kept a
+number of hives in the garden and fields belonging to him.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly the alarm bell sounded loudly, and in rushed
+the Bear-mother, with the jam-ladle in her hand, her hair
+almost erect with terror.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_184" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"They have found us at last! What shall we do?
+Where shall we fly to?" she cried distractedly.</p>
+
+<p>"Into the ice-cellar," cried Herr Bjornson, "come,
+Ingold. Everyone follow me!" and he threw his papers
+down on the ground and ran out at the back door.</p>
+
+<p>Fortunately the ice-cellar was near the house, and the
+frightened family were soon safely in its shelter.</p>
+
+<p>By opening a crack in the small trap-door, which was
+level with the ground, they were able to see all that went on
+in the garden; and the steps afforded them a place to sit
+down upon, without touching the great blocks of ice that
+looked white and ghostly as the thin streak of daylight
+struggled in upon them.</p>
+
+<p>"Is anyone coming?" whispered the Bear-mother
+nervously.</p>
+
+<p>"I can't see anything moving," growled Herr Bjornson.
+"Keep back, Mother. I can't help treading upon you.
+Dear me! How cramped we are here!"</p>
+
+<p>"It's terribly cold," said the Bear-mother shivering.
+"I can feel myself freezing in every hair."</p>
+
+<p>"Wrap your shawl round you, and stamp about a little."</p>
+
+<p>Fru Bjornson attempted to carry out the directions, but
+the space was so small there was scarcely room to move
+in it.</p>
+
+<p>The air seemed to get colder and colder; Ingold's fur
+turned frost-white, and she twined her apron round her head
+to prevent herself from being frost-bitten.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_185" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Oh, this is awful," quaked the Bear-mother. "We
+shall all die or be turned into icicles if we can't get out
+before long!"</p>
+
+<p>The Bear-father had put up his coat-collar and tied his
+bandanna pocket-handkerchief over his ears. His hair was
+also covered with white crystals, and he was seized with an
+attack of coughing which obliged him to borrow the Bear-mother's
+shawl to bury his head in, so that the sound might
+not be heard outside.</p>
+
+<p>"This is painful in the extreme," he said in a choked
+voice as he emerged gasping. "A cough lozenge at this
+moment might be the saving of us!"</p>
+
+<p>"What shall we do if the enemy hears us!" cried Fru
+Bjornson. "Here! I have just found a peppermint-drop
+in my pocket. Let us divide it into three. It may be some
+slight assistance."</p>
+
+<p>They soon discovered, however, that lozenges were utterly
+powerless to keep out that biting air, and the Bear-mother
+seated herself resignedly on an ice-block.</p>
+
+<p>"It's no good struggling against fate," she murmured.
+"We shall be found by the children, I suppose. You'd
+better keep your arms down straight, father; and freeze as
+narrow as possible. Then they will be able to get you out
+of the opening without much difficulty. It seems hard to
+think they will never know the true facts of the case," she
+continued mournfully. "Our epitaph will probably be 'Sat
+down carelessly in an Ice-house!'"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_186" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Don't despair, Mother," cried Herr Bjornson, who had
+one eye anxiously applied to the crack in the trap-door. "I
+see the back gate opening. In another minute we shall
+know the worst&mdash;Hi! What! Well, I never! Who do you
+think it is, Mother? Why, <i>the Schoolmaster</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>Herr Badger indeed it was, who had come off in a great
+hurry to complain of the disgraceful behaviour of his pupils,
+and being very excited had inadvertently trodden on the
+wire of the alarm bell as he entered the private grounds of
+the Bear-family.</p>
+
+<p>He seemed a little surprised as the strange procession
+suddenly rose up out of the ground in front of him, but
+without making any enquiries as to what they had been
+doing there, he plunged at once into the history of his
+wrongs.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>All day the Badger's scholars enjoyed themselves in the
+forest. They played leap-frog, ran races, bathed in the
+river, had lunch in a shady hollow, and picked more
+cranberries than they knew what to do with; but as
+evening came on, they began to wonder a little anxiously
+whether the Schoolmaster would already have been round
+to their parents to complain of their behaviour; and when
+Knut and Otto entered their own door in the bushes, their
+knees were shaking under them, and it occurred to them<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_187" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</a></span>
+that perhaps the fireworks hadn't been quite so amusing as
+they expected, after all!</p>
+
+<p>They were met by Herr Bjornson with a gloomy frown.
+There was no doubt that Herr Badger had told him everything,
+and the little Bears waited tremblingly for what was
+to happen next.</p>
+
+<p>"What is this that I hear?" commenced the Father-bear
+angrily. "Your respected Master ill-treated in his own
+School-house. Thrown violently upon the ground, with
+crackers exploding round him for several hours! What
+have you to say for yourselves?"</p>
+
+<p>"Please, father, we didn't mean to hurt him," began
+Knut in a piping voice; "It was only to get rid of the
+books. We won't do it again!"</p>
+
+<p>"I should think <i>not</i>, indeed," said Herr Bjornson. "I
+shall punish you myself severely to-morrow, after School
+time, and Herr Badger is going to give you two hours' extra
+Arithmetic every day for a fortnight."</p>
+
+<p>Knut and Otto crept off miserably into the garden, and
+that evening there was no dancing, and the Bear-mother's
+concertina was silent.</p>
+
+<p>Before it was daylight next morning, Knut had
+awakened Otto. They had determined the night before
+that they would <i>never</i> return to Herr Badger's rule, and
+the matter of the extra Arithmetic had settled their
+determination.</p>
+
+<p>They started with their cloaks, and with lunch in their<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_188" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</a></span>
+satchels, as if going to School&mdash;leaving a note for their
+mother upon the kitchen dresser.</p>
+
+<p>This letter was written with the stump of a lead pencil,
+and ran as follows:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>"<i>To the well-born Fru Bjornson.</i></p>
+
+<p>"<i>We cant keep at ilt any mor. We want to be inderpendent,
+and the sums are 2 mutch. We sik our fortones, and return wen
+we ar rich.</i></p>
+
+<p>"<span class="smcap">Knut. Otto.</span>"</p></div>
+
+<p>As soon as they reached the forest, the two little Bears
+ran forward as quickly as they could towards the river.</p>
+
+<p>They intended to take any canoe they found by the shore,
+and row themselves over to the opposite side. They did
+not know exactly what they should do when they got there;
+but anyhow, they would be safe from punishment when
+they were once over.</p>
+
+<p>As they went along they kept as much as possible behind
+the underwood, though it was so early it was scarcely likely
+that any of the charcoal-burners or fishermen would be
+stirring.</p>
+
+<p>After some search they discovered a small canoe drawn
+up under the bushes, and untying it without much difficulty,
+they got in, and Knut paddled actively out into the strong
+current.</p>
+
+<p>"This <i>is</i> independence!" cried Otto, arranging the knapsacks
+and cloaks in the bow of the boat, and taking up the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_189" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</a></span>
+steering-paddle. "What would Herr Badger say if he could
+see us now?"&mdash;and he chuckled.</p>
+
+<p>All day they drifted down the river&mdash;watching the salmon
+dart about the boulders, and the trout leap in the curling
+eddies. It was so silent in the great forest, with the pine
+trees growing close to the edge of the water, that at last the
+little Bears' high spirits began to fail them; and as the evening
+came on their laughter ceased, and they sat quietly in the
+canoe, steering their way between the great rocks without
+speaking.</p>
+
+<p>"How strong the current is here," muttered Otto at last.
+"I can scarcely keep the boat straight!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, let's land and find some place to sleep in," cried
+Knut&mdash;but this was more easily said than done. The
+moment they tried to turn the canoe in towards the shore,
+it began to whirl round and round; and finally striking
+against a stone, it upset the two little Bears into the
+middle of the foaming river.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Fortunately Knut and Otto were good swimmers, and
+they were able after some struggling to scramble to the
+shore; but they found to their great annoyance that they
+had landed on the same side as that from which they had
+started.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_190" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Their canoe was whirling rapidly away down the rapids,
+and it was useless to think of recovering it; so the two
+little Bears proceeded to dry their clothes as well as they
+could, and then looked about to see if they could find a
+comfortable place to sleep in.</p>
+
+<p>A large hollow tree stood close to the edge of the river,
+and into this they climbed, and being very tired they were
+soon fast asleep.</p>
+
+<p>They were awakened by voices.</p>
+
+<p>"It's <i>men</i>!" whispered Otto, clutching Knut's arm in
+terror. "Oh, why did we ever run away! They'll be <i>sure</i>
+to find us!"</p>
+
+<p>"Be quiet, Otto," muttered Knut. "Do you want them
+to hear? Lie still, and I'll think of some way to escape."</p>
+
+<p>"Are you sure this is the right tree?" said a man's voice.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you see the mark?" asked another. "The
+Forester put it on himself; though it's rather high up.
+You'd better begin work at once, or you'll not get through
+with it before he comes round again."</p>
+
+<p>This was awful. Otto trembled so that he could hear his
+own teeth chattering; but Knut kept his presence of mind,
+and poking his brother warningly, said in a hoarse whisper,</p>
+
+<p>"Wait till I give the signal, and then jump out after me
+as high in the air as you can. Follow me till I tell you
+to stop."</p>
+
+<p>An echoing blow resounded against the tree trunk, which
+made Knut fly up like a sky-rocket.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_191" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Now!" he cried, and bounding on to the edge of the
+opening, he jumped right over the heads of the woodmen
+into the tangled bushes, followed by Otto, and away they
+raced through the forest, before the astonished men could
+recover themselves.</p>
+
+<p>"What in the world was that?" cried the wood-cutters,
+rubbing their eyes and blinking; but no one had been able to
+see more than two flying brown balls, and after hunting
+about in vain, they decided it must have been a couple of
+gigantic owls.</p>
+
+<p>Only one thing did they find in the hollow tree, and that
+certainly puzzled them&mdash;a small piece of crumpled paper, on
+which was sketched a life-like picture of a Badger with a
+fool's cap on his head; underneath, written in cramped
+letters&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"<i>How would you like it?</i>"</p>
+
+<p>After running for about half an hour, Knut sank down
+panting on a juniper bush, while Otto rolled upon the moss
+thoroughly exhausted.</p>
+
+<p>"Arithmetic was better than this!" he panted dismally,
+fanning himself with a large fern leaf. "History was
+better&mdash;<i>anything</i> was better!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, we're quite safe here for the present," replied
+Knut, "so don't worry yourself any more. I'm so tired I
+can't keep awake, and I'm sure you can't." And, indeed, in
+spite of their fright, in a few minutes both the little Bears
+were sound asleep again.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_192" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>When they next opened their eyes, the sun was glinting
+through the pine trees; and looking down on them benignly,
+stood a Fox in travelling dress, with a soft felt hat
+upon his head.</p>
+
+<p>He smiled graciously upon Knut, and beckoned him to
+come out of the juniper bushes.</p>
+
+<p>"Ha! ha! my good gentlemen, you are taking a comfortable
+rest in a very secluded spot, but you can't escape
+<i>my</i> observation!" he cried cheerfully. "Are you on your
+way to some foreign Court&mdash;or perhaps you are couriers
+with State secrets?"</p>
+
+<p>The two little Bears, feeling very flattered, sat up and
+straightened their tunics.</p>
+
+<p>"The truth is, we are seeking our fortunes," said Knut
+with dignity.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, nothing easier," replied the Fox. "You come
+with me. Such hearty, well-grown young Bears will find
+no difficulty in getting excellent situations. I can almost
+promise you each a large income if you implicitly follow
+my directions."</p>
+
+<p>"Where should we go to, then?" asked Knut cautiously.</p>
+
+<p>"To a dear friend of mine, who employs an immense
+number of workmen," said the Fox easily. "I will just let
+you see who I am before we proceed further," and he drew
+a case from his pocket, and taking out a card, presented it
+to the little Bears with a low bow.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_193" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Just as if we were grown up!" whispered Otto. "Oh,
+Knut, how different this is to Herr Badger!"</p>
+
+<p>On the card, printed in elegant copper-plate, was the
+following&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Herr Kreutzen, Under-Secretary (and Working Member)
+of the Society for promoting the welfare of Farmers.</i>"</p>
+
+<p>Knut looked at Herr Kreutzen respectfully.</p>
+
+<p>"If you'll be so kind as to show us the way, we'll follow
+you at once," he said. "If we could get a little breakfast
+on the way, we should be glad; for we have lost our
+satchels, and berries are not very satisfying."</p>
+
+<p>"Come along, then!" said the Fox briskly; and seizing
+the two little Bears by the paw, he dragged them into the
+heart of the forest at a rapid pace.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER V.</h3>
+
+
+<p>On the day after his visit to the Bjornson family, Herr
+Badger, feeling very dull, sat alone in the cottage by the
+School-house.</p>
+
+<p>Every one of his pupils had deserted him; for not only
+had the two little Bears run away, but all their companions
+had also played truant; and the whole of that part of the
+forest was filled with parents anxiously searching for their
+missing children&mdash;like a gigantic game of hide-and-seek.</p>
+
+<p>Herr Badger called to his housekeeper to bring him the<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_194" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</a></span>
+black-board, a couple of globes, and the book of conic-sections,
+and for some hours he amused himself happily;
+but at the end of that time he began to experience an
+almost irresistible desire to teach something.</p>
+
+<p>"If I can't get anyone else, I'll call Brita," he said to
+himself. "I can just ask her a few easy questions suited
+to her limited intellect."</p>
+
+<p>The housekeeper came in, curtsying respectfully, and
+seated herself at the table, as she was bidden.</p>
+
+<p>"I must imagine I have given up school, and taken to
+private pupils," the Badger said to himself. "I hope she
+won't exasperate me, and make me lose my temper! Now
+take this slate," he continued aloud, "and try and do one
+of these simple sums. You'll soon get used to them&mdash;</p>
+
+<p>"If five onions were to be boiled in six saucepans, how
+would you divide the onions so that there would be exactly
+the same quantity in each pan?"</p>
+
+<p>"Chop them up," replied the housekeeper promptly.</p>
+
+<p>The Badger glared. "You're not attending. I said,
+'How would you <i>divide</i> them!'"</p>
+
+<p>"You might mince them very fine, or pound them in a
+mortar," replied the housekeeper anxiously. "I don't know
+of no other way of doing it."</p>
+
+<p>"Work it out on the slate, creature!&mdash;on the <i>slate</i>!"
+cried Herr Badger, thumping the table with his long ruler.</p>
+
+<p>"I'd rather do it on a dish, sir," said the housekeeper,
+trembling. "It's more what I'm accustomed to."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_195" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Herr Badger started up in a fury. "<i>You</i> call yourself a
+private pupil?" he shouted (quite forgetting that the housekeeper
+had never called herself anything of the kind).
+"Go back to the kitchen immediately."</p>
+
+<p>"I could bring you the Mole who blacks the boots, if
+<i>he'd</i> be any good," said the housekeeper humbly. "I know
+I'm very ignorant, but the Mole tells me he's been attending
+day school for years, and he reads recipes out of the cookery-book
+quite beautiful."</p>
+
+<p>"Don't speak to me of Moles!" said the Badger crossly.
+"I shall take no more private pupils&mdash;they're not worth it."
+And he walked over to the black-board, and began to draw
+diagrams.</p>
+
+<p>"What's the good of diagrams, without a class to explain
+them to?" he muttered. "I declare I believe I <i>was</i> too
+hard on those children. We can't be all equally gifted. It
+wouldn't be a bad idea if I went out as one of the search
+parties. I declare I <i>will</i>!" he continued, his face brightening,
+"and I'll make every creature I find promise to come
+back to school again. I must make up a class somehow, or
+I shall die of monotony."</p>
+
+<p>He took down his old felt hat with the ear-flaps, and
+putting some food in a knapsack, and choosing a stout
+walking-stick, he flung a green cloak over his shoulders, and
+let himself out into the forest.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_196" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</a></span></p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VI.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The Fox took the two little Bears on so quickly, that
+they soon began to feel both cross and tired. To their
+anxious enquiries as to where they were going, and whether
+they could not soon have some breakfast, Herr Kreutzen
+answered vaguely that they would very soon reach their
+destination, and should have as much breakfast as they
+could possibly care for.</p>
+
+<p>"My friends are kind worthy people, and you'll find
+every sort of luxury," he said, smiling benignly.</p>
+
+<p>"We seem to be coming near a town," whispered Knut
+to Otto. "I don't quite like this!" and he tried to pull his
+paw away from the good "Secretary of the Society for
+promoting the welfare of Farmers."</p>
+
+<p>"Come along, my dear child. We are almost there,"
+cried the Fox. "I am just going to tie you both up to
+this tree for a minute&mdash;merely to be sure you are quite safe
+and happy in my absence&mdash;and I shall return with my kind
+friend, in no time!"</p>
+
+<p>Herr Kreutzen took some string from his pocket as he
+spoke, and the two little Bears&mdash;who saw there was no use
+in struggling&mdash;submitted to be fastened together to a fir tree.</p>
+
+<p>As soon as the Fox had disappeared, Otto burst into a
+loud roar of terror.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, he's going to do something dreadful, I know he is!
+We shall never, <i>never</i> get away again!"<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_197" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"It's no good making that noise," said Knut, angrily.
+"Leave off, Otto, and let me think."</p>
+
+<p>"You may think for ever," wailed Otto, "and unless
+you've got a pocket knife you won't get these knots undone!"
+and he began to cry again with renewed vigour.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, whatever is the matter?" said a friendly voice
+close by.</p>
+
+<p>The little Bears looked round eagerly, and saw that an
+elderly Badger was approaching. He was evidently a woodcutter,
+for he had a large axe in his hand, and the three young
+Badgers who followed him were carrying neatly-tied bundles
+of sticks.</p>
+
+<p>Knut stretched out his paw beseechingly.</p>
+
+<p>"<i>Please</i> cut the string! Oh, <i>please</i>, Herr Badger, make
+haste, and let us get free. Herr Kreutzen will be back in a
+minute, and then there'll be <i>no</i> hope for us!"</p>
+
+<p>"So this is some of <i>his</i> work!" said the Badger angrily.
+"I declare that creature is a plague to the whole forest!"</p>
+
+<p>With two blows of his axe he cut the strings that bound
+the little Bears; and ordering them to follow him to a place
+of safety, he darted through the bushes with his children,
+and never stopped until they came out into a secluded
+valley, at the end of which, in a small clearing, stood a hut
+built of pine logs.</p>
+
+<p>Before the door sat the Badger-mother with some plain
+sewing, while five of the young Badger-children played
+about on the grass in front of her.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_198" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"You're home early to-day, father," she said cheerfully,
+and added, as she caught sight of the little Bears&mdash;"Why,
+wherever did you pick up these strangers, father?"</p>
+
+<p>The Badger described the unpleasant position in which
+he had found them; and the whole family gathering round,
+Knut related their adventures truthfully from the very
+beginning.</p>
+
+<p>"I'll tell you where the Fox was taking you, my children,"
+said the Badger-mother; "There's a Wild Beast Show in
+the town at this present moment, and Herr Kreutzen has
+already enticed two or three animals into it. He is well
+paid by the showman, and would have made a good thing
+out of you, because you could have been taught to dance.
+Oh, what a miserable fate you have escaped from!"</p>
+
+<p>Knut and Otto looked thoroughly ashamed of themselves,
+and began to realize what their foolishness might have led
+them into.</p>
+
+<p>However, no one could be miserable for long at a
+time in the Badger family; they were all so happy and
+light-hearted&mdash;so after a good dinner, the two little Bears
+ran out into the garden, and forgot their troubles in a romp
+with the children.</p>
+
+<p>"You did not know your old schoolmaster was a cousin
+of ours?" remarked the Badger-mother, as they rested,
+later on, under a shady fir tree. "He really is a worthy
+creature at heart, and you ought all to try and put up with
+him as much as possible."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_199" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"We really <i>will</i>," cried the two little Bears heartily.
+"If ever we get back again, we really <i>will</i>!" and they
+thoroughly intended to keep their promises.</p>
+
+<p>"I think this evening you should start for home before
+it grows dusk," said the Badger-mother. "Father will
+see you well on your way, and your parents must be longing
+to hear of you. Come into the house now, and I will make
+you look respectable."</p>
+
+<p>Knut and Otto were all obedience, and followed the
+Badger-mother meekly to the kitchen. Here she took
+down two large scrubbing-brushes, and proceeded to give
+them a thorough tidying. Then their faces were soaped,
+and finally two of the young Badgers' caps were placed
+upon their heads&mdash;for their own had fallen off when they
+were upset into the river.</p>
+
+<p>The elastics were very tight under their chins, but they
+refrained from saying anything&mdash;and this showed how
+complete was their reformation!</p>
+
+<p>Just as all the preparations were completed, there came
+a loud knock at the door; and the Schoolmaster himself
+appeared, his clothes torn, one flap off his hat, a bandage
+covering his right eye, leading in a little crowd of scholars
+that he had collected with infinite toil from many perilous
+positions.</p>
+
+<p>There were two Hedgehogs, a young Fox, five Badgers,
+a Mole, and a tame Guinea-pig. All of them were more or
+less scratched, and dismal looking; and some had evidently<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_200" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</a></span>
+been in the water, for their clothes were still dripping, and
+hung round them in the most uncomfortable manner.</p>
+
+<p>"What! <i>you</i> here, after all! Well, this is a happy
+meeting!" cried Herr Badger, embracing the little Bears
+warmly. "I wasn't going home till I'd found you&mdash;and
+here you are. A most fortunate coincidence!"</p>
+
+<p>"Sit down, sit down, cousin," said the Badger-mother
+hospitably. "Bring in the pupils, and let them dry their
+hair before the fire&mdash;they seem in a sad state, poor things!"</p>
+
+<p>"They certainly <i>do</i> look a little untidy," said the Badger,
+"but we shall soon remedy all that. I have been explaining
+to the class (at least to as much as I've got of it)," he continued,
+turning to Knut, "that the plan of the School is to
+be entirely reformed&mdash;ten minutes' Arithmetic per day, and
+History <i>once</i> weekly. What do you say to that, children?"</p>
+
+<p>A feeble cheer arose from the pupils; and the two little
+Bears, throwing themselves upon their knees, begged their
+Master's pardon for all the trouble they had caused him.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER VII.</h3>
+
+
+<p>Fru Bjornson, seated on a camp-stool by the side of the
+entrance gate to her house, was looking anxiously around
+her. Close by stood Ingold, with one eye tightly screwed
+up, and an old-fashioned telescope in her hand, trying in
+vain to adjust the focus.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_201" id="Page_201">[Pg 201]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"What do you see now?" enquired the Bear-mother,
+leaning forward.</p>
+
+<p>"A great fog with snakes in it!" replied the servant
+truthfully.</p>
+
+<p>"Why, those are <i>trees</i>, of course!" said Fru Bjornson.
+"Turn the screw a little more, and it will become as plain
+as possible."</p>
+
+<p>Ingold twisted her hand several times rapidly, and again
+applied her eye to the end.</p>
+
+<p>"It doesn't seem like snakes now, does it?" asked the
+Bear-mother triumphantly.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, no! It's turned to milk with green splashes in it,"
+said Ingold.</p>
+
+<p>"You don't see anything of my darling children, then?"
+enquired Fru Bjornson.</p>
+
+<p>"Nothing at all, ma'am," said Ingold. "A telescope may
+be a wonderful thing for those who haven't any eyes, but really
+I think <i>I</i> see better <i>without</i> it."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment, through the trees, an extraordinary procession
+came in sight; which caused the Bear-mother to
+jump up from her seat with a cry of joy.</p>
+
+<p>Herr Badger, with his cloak thrown over one shoulder,
+leading Knut and Otto by the hand; and behind them the
+rest of the pupils in single file&mdash;depressed and gloomy, but
+resigned to whatever Fate might have in store for them.</p>
+
+<p>Fru Bjornson ran forward, and clasped her children in
+her arms.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_202" id="Page_202">[Pg 202]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>It was a happy meeting; and as she thought the Schoolmaster
+would already have gone through all the scolding that
+was necessary, she refrained from adding a word more.</p>
+
+<p>"I've got the class together, ma'am," said Herr Badger
+triumphantly, "and I'm never going to let it go again!
+The new School system commences from to-morrow!"</p>
+
+<hr style='width: 45%;' />
+
+<p>All the parents agreed that the children had been sufficiently
+punished during their wanderings in the forest, and
+they were therefore allowed to return to their homes, without
+anything more being said on the subject.</p>
+
+<p>The next morning the scholars assembled at the School-house
+in excellent time; but most of them unfortunately,
+having lost their satchels, were obliged to carry their books
+and luncheon, wrapped up in untidy brown paper parcels&mdash;which
+was certainly very mortifying.</p>
+
+<p>"My dear pupils," commenced Herr Badger, as he entered
+the room and bowed graciously, "on this auspicious occasion,
+I wish to call the Arithmetic class for ten minutes
+only. We will begin, if you please, with 'twice one'&mdash;repeating
+it three times over <i>without a failure</i>!"</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<p><span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_203" id="Page_203">[Pg 203]</a></span></p>
+<h2><a name="Bobbies_Two_Shillings" id="Bobbies_Two_Shillings"></a>Bobbie's Two Shillings.</h2>
+
+<h4>A Guinea-Pig Story.</h4>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER I.</h3>
+
+
+<p>On a sloping lawn, before an old-fashioned, rambling
+house, Bobbie and Jerry were playing at nine-pins
+on a hot day in August.</p>
+
+<p>Under the shade of a cedar tree the under-nurse sat
+working; and "Aunt Lucy"&mdash;an old lady with snow-white
+hair, crowned by a black mushroom hat&mdash;was slowly pacing
+the gravel walk, digging out a weed here and there with a
+long spud she carried for the purpose.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry was only playing nine-pins because Bobbie was so
+fond of them. She did not care for them herself, for she
+thought that as she was ten years old they were too babyish,
+but Bobbie was only eight, so of course it was not to be
+expected of him that he would care for "grown-up" things.</p>
+
+<p>There was a pleasant buzzing in the air, as old Jeptha
+Funnel led the donkey in the mowing machine, up and
+down the wide lawn, pausing every now and then to exchange
+a few words with the children.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_204" id="Page_204">[Pg 204]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"When are you a-coming to tea with us, Master Bobbie,
+and Missy?" he enquired, stopping to fan his heated face
+with a red pocket-handkerchief. "James Seton's got some
+guinea-pigs that he talks of bringing over for you to see, any
+day as you'll fix upon."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, that <i>is</i> nice. I do so long to have another!" cried
+Bobbie rapturously. "I only want three-halfpence-farthing
+more, and I shall have enough in my money-box to pay for
+it. Will James wait till Friday?"</p>
+
+<p>"Of course he will, Master Bobbie; don't you worry your
+head about that."</p>
+
+<p>"Well, it's an extraordinary thing, Jeptha, but you can't
+think how I've been saving, and saving, and <i>saving</i> for that
+guinea-pig; and it seems as if I never <i>should</i> have enough,"
+said Bobbie confidentially. "I saved up for 'Funnel'&mdash;the
+one that's called after you, you know&mdash;in no time; but we
+were up in Scotland then, and there wasn't hardly any
+shops that I <i>could</i> spend my money in."</p>
+
+<p>"Things always <i>do</i> seem a long time a-coming when
+you're longing for them, so to speak, day and night, sir."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes, it's quite true that 'a watch-pocket never boils,'" said
+Bobbie. "I shall leave off rattling the money-box, and try
+and forget all about it till Friday."</p>
+
+<p>"You're right there, sir," said Jeptha, not noticing the new
+rendering of the proverb, for he was as fond of long words
+and sentences as Bobbie himself; "you come right up to
+the cottage on Friday, along of nurse and Miss Jerry. The<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_205" id="Page_205">[Pg 205]</a></span>
+missus&nbsp;'ll have tea for you, and <i>I'll</i> see that Jim brings the
+guinea-pigs."</p>
+
+<p>"Does James Seton know anything about cats?" enquired
+Jerry eagerly. "You know they're <i>my</i> favourite animals&mdash;just
+like guinea-pigs are Bobbie's&mdash;and I do want to get
+some new recipes for my cat-book!"</p>
+
+<p>"Why whatever is a cat-book, Miss Jerry?" asked Jeptha
+curiously.</p>
+
+<p>"Don't you know, Jeptha? I write down all sorts of
+cures for cats, and what they ought to eat; and several
+times it's been very useful to Miss Meadows and Maria."</p>
+
+<p>"I can't say <i>I</i> know much about the subject, Miss Jerry,
+nor I don't think Jim doesn't, neither, never having made
+a study of it, as you may say. Miss Meadders is the tabby
+cat, ain't she? A very fine cat I call her."</p>
+
+<p>"Yes; I made a portrait of her and Maria, to send to
+mamma out in India, and Bobbie made a picture of Funnel
+(not <i>you</i>, you know). She liked them so much. Shall I
+tell you why Bobbie is so interested in guinea-pigs?" continued
+Jerry, taking the old man's hand, and speaking in a
+mysterious whisper.</p>
+
+<p>"You know Jack belongs to the 'Cavey Club' at school,
+where all the boys <i>must</i> keep guinea-pigs; and he wrote
+Bobbie a letter last term with a picture of a guinea-pig on
+the flap of the envelope, and 'Where is it?' written where
+the tail ought to be. Ever since then Bobbie has been <i>mad</i>
+after guinea-pigs."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_206" id="Page_206">[Pg 206]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Yes, I can remember Master Jack a-walking in here
+with ten of 'em," said Jeptha, "and keepin' 'em in the
+lumber room in houses made out of cigar-boxes."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, but Aunt Lucy found it out, and wouldn't allow
+it," said Jerry. "They all had to be taken out to the
+stable yard again."</p>
+
+<p>"I must own I think on <i>that</i> occasion yer Aunt was
+reasonable, Miss Jerry; a guinea-pig don't seem a kind of
+a domestic indoor animal&mdash;like a cat, for instance."</p>
+
+<p>"Will you have mufflings and crumfits for tea, do you think,
+when we come?" enquired Bobbie, after a thoughtful pause.
+"Excuse me asking you, but I do like them so very much."</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Bobbie, you shouldn't say that!" cried Jerry,
+reprovingly; "it's very impolite. Aunt Lucy would be
+quite <i>horrified</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>"Well, I don't <i>mean</i> anything rude," said Bobbie. "I
+<i>do</i> like them, and I can't help it. I can't see why it's any
+more rude than if I said I liked guinea-pigs."</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER II.</h3>
+
+
+<p>The next day was a very wet one; and Aunt Lucy, coming
+up into the schoolroom in the morning&mdash;as she invariably
+did, even during the holidays&mdash;saw a most extraordinary
+collection of baskets standing on the floor, in front of a
+small fire of sticks blazing away in the fireplace.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_207" id="Page_207">[Pg 207]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>There was a large covered market basket, a fish bag with
+a skewer through the top, and a small japanese basket, with
+a lid which was kept in place by the poker and tongs laid
+carefully over it.</p>
+
+<p>The baskets were all occasionally agitated from within;
+and Aunt Lucy found on enquiry that they contained the
+guinea-pig family, who having been flooded out of their
+usual quarters by the rain, had been brought in to a fire by
+Bobbie to be dried!</p>
+
+<p>"I really object to these animals in the house!" said
+Aunt Lucy, trying to be severe; but Bobbie's face was so
+pathetic, she did not order them to be taken out at once,
+as she had at first intended.</p>
+
+<p>"As soon as they are dry you must move them away,
+Bobbie," she continued; "I have had quite enough
+trouble with Jack's. I can't have the house turned into
+a menagerie."</p>
+
+<p>"Really, Aunt Lucy, you needn't mind Habbakuk and
+Funnel&mdash;they are so very well behaved. I <i>have</i> been
+debillerating whether I ought to bring in Pompey, because
+his hair <i>streams</i> out&mdash;but he did look so cold and mis'rable,
+I thought you wouldn't objec'."</p>
+
+<p>At this moment a housemaid came up to say there were
+visitors in the drawing-room.</p>
+
+<p>"It is your two uncles from India," said Aunt Lucy,
+taking Bobbie's reluctant hand. "They have come on
+purpose to see you, so you must leave the guinea-pigs for<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_208" id="Page_208">[Pg 208]</a></span>
+a minute&mdash;Jerry can stay with them, and come down as
+soon as you return."</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie departed groaning, while the under-nurse good-naturedly
+made up the fire, and began to dry the guinea-pigs
+with an old duster.</p>
+
+<p>In a few minutes Bobbie returned, his fat round face red
+with the exertion of scrambling upstairs, his brown eyes
+sparkling.</p>
+
+<p>"What are they like?" enquired Jerry, who was not fond
+of visitors, as Anne brushed at her curly hair, and tried in
+vain to flatten it to the nursery regulation of smoothness.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, two middle-aged, light gentlemen," replied Bobbie
+carelessly. "One gave me a shilling to buy a guinea-pig,
+so now I'm quite safe in telling James to bring them on
+Friday." And Bobbie seated himself before the fire with
+Habbakuk and Funnel on his knees, and rubbed away at
+them vigorously.</p>
+
+<p>Jerry retired downstairs, but reappeared in a very short
+time&mdash;rushing into the room again like a whirlwind.</p>
+
+<p>"What do you think the uncles have promised us,
+Bobbie?" she cried excitedly; "guess the most beautifullest
+thing you can possibly think of!"</p>
+
+<p>"Guin&mdash;&mdash;" commenced Bobbie, and checked himself
+hastily.</p>
+
+<p>"Certainly not!" said Jerry, with decision. "I said I
+must run up and tell you, you'd be so <i>wild</i> with joy; it
+begins with a 'P'&mdash;but it isn't 'pig.' Now guess again."<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_209" id="Page_209">[Pg 209]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>"Prawns, p'rambulators, prongs, pastry," commenced
+Bobbie rapidly. "Well, none of those are very nice except
+pastry. I can't think of anything more, Jerry, you <i>must</i>
+tell me."</p>
+
+<p>"Pantomime!" said Jerry, triumphantly; "<i>next Saturday!</i>&mdash;what
+do you say to that?"</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie's eyes twinkled. "With preserved seats, like we
+had last time! Oh, splendid!" and he began to caper
+about the room with delight.</p>
+
+<p>"Well, this <i>has</i> been a day!" he exclaimed, as he sank
+down, quite exhausted. "What a lot for my diary! I'd
+better write it out at once, before I forget it."</p>
+
+<p>A large book, interleaved with blotting-paper, was disinterred
+from the play-box, and Bobbie sat down before it
+solemnly.</p>
+
+<p>The greater part of this book was filled with minute
+accounts of what time its owner got up, and went to bed,
+what pudding he had for dinner, and what lessons he learnt;
+but on this occasion the entry assumed such large proportions
+that it spread right over the next day, and was wandering
+into "Friday," when Bobbie suddenly remembered the tea-party,
+and that room must certainly be left for <i>that</i>!</p>
+
+<p>Jerry, looking over his shoulder, when he had finished,
+read the following, adorned with many blots and smudges:&mdash;</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">"Had sutch a day. 2 lite gentlemen who turnered into
+Unkels ('You mean, "turned <i>out</i> to be uncles,"' corrected
+Jerry) came And gave me 1 shiling for the brown ginny-pig<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_210" id="Page_210">[Pg 210]</a></span>
+I acepted with thanks they are goin to tak us Jerry and me
+to the pantermine and tea at Mrs. Funnels on Fryday (not
+the Unkels but nurs).<br /><br />
+
+"P.S.&mdash;Plenty mor to say but no rume. cant put the
+puding to-day."</div>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER III.</h3>
+
+
+<p>One of Bobbie's and Jerry's greatest treats was to have
+tea at the cottage on the edge of the park, where old Mrs.
+Funnel presided over a table covered with cakes and home-made
+delicacies.</p>
+
+<p>She always liked them to appear in good time; so punctually
+at four o'clock on Friday, the invited tea-party&mdash;consisting
+of "Old Nurse," in a crackling black silk, Jerry in spotless
+frilled cotton, and Bobbie in a white sailor's suit, bristling
+with starch and pearl buttons&mdash;made their way through the
+little garden of the Funnels' house, and rapped importantly
+on the door with the end of nurse's umbrella.</p>
+
+<p>Mrs. Funnel, who had been awaiting the summons,
+welcomed them heartily; and Bobbie was relieved to see&mdash;on
+taking a cursory glance at the table&mdash;that besides the
+usual array of good things, there was a covered dish, which
+meant, as he knew by experience&mdash;muffins.</p>
+
+<p>Jeptha, in his Sunday coat, with a red geranium in his
+button-hole, looked cheerfully conscious of his own splen<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_211" id="Page_211">[Pg 211]</a></span>dour;
+and his wife's little wrinkled face beamed with kindness
+and hospitality.</p>
+
+<p>"Jim can't get away yet, I'm sorry to say," she said,
+"but he'll be in afterwards. Sit down, all of you, please.
+Draw up to the table, ma'am!"</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie deposited his dog-skin gloves carefully in his hat,
+and seated himself solemnly, trying to keep his eyes off the
+plum cake, for the sake of good manners.</p>
+
+<p>"This bread's a bit heavy, mother!" remarked Jeptha,
+grappling with a large loaf in the centre of the table.</p>
+
+<p>"I don't know how that can be," replied Mrs. Funnel
+cheerfully. "It rose enough."</p>
+
+<p>"Then it must ha' sat down again!" said Jeptha. "It's
+that worritting oven, ma'am"&mdash;turning to nurse; "I assure
+you we <i>do</i> have a time with it sometimes."</p>
+
+<p>The tea began merrily, and just in the middle of it the
+door opened, and James Seton's sunburnt face looked in.
+He carried a basket which Bobbie pounced upon eagerly,
+for he knew it contained the long-expected guinea-pigs.</p>
+
+<p>Behind Jim stood a little woe-begone creature in a ragged
+dress, her head covered by a large crumpled sun-bonnet.
+The tears were rolling down her face, and in her hand she
+held the bottom of a broken glass medicine bottle.</p>
+
+<p>"Look here, grandmother," said Jim, "I picked up this
+unfort'net little mortal just outside the Lodge gates. She'd
+been into town to buy some lotion for her sick mother,
+and she went and fell up against a stone, and smashed her<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_212" id="Page_212">[Pg 212]</a></span>
+bottle; and now she's in a terrible state of mind about it."</p>
+
+<p>The little girl was still crying bitterly; and Bobbie, who
+was very tender-hearted, furtively wiped his eyes with the
+back of his hand, and looked hard out of the window.</p>
+
+<p>"Sit you down, child, and have some tea. You're fair
+worn out with misery," said Mrs. Funnel kindly. "After
+that we'll think of what's to be done. How much did the
+medicine cost, child?"</p>
+
+<p>"Two shillings," said the child, with a fresh burst of
+sobbing.</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie discovered, to his great annoyance, that two large
+tears had fallen down his own cheeks out of sympathy; and
+at the same moment he seemed to feel his little wash-leather
+purse growing so large, that he almost fancied in another
+moment it would burst out of his pocket.</p>
+
+<p>Exactly two shillings were in it&mdash;the price of the bottle
+of lotion, or of two of Jim's guinea-pigs! Which should
+it be?</p>
+
+<p>"If only I hadn't bought Maria's collar last Monday, I
+could have got you a bottle <i>easily</i>," cried Jerry, in great
+distress. "I've only twopence-halfpenny left, but <i>do</i> take
+it. Oh, you poor little girl, I <i>am</i> so sorry for you!"</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie felt very guilty, and his money seemed to weigh
+upon him like lead. He watched the attractive brown
+guinea-pigs&mdash;who had been let out of their basket&mdash;gambol
+about the parlour. His mind was a chaos.</p>
+
+<p>Suddenly he snatched out his purse, and thrust the two<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_213" id="Page_213">[Pg 213]</a></span>
+shillings into the little girl's hand, before she could say
+anything.</p>
+
+<p>"Get the medicine, please," he said, in a gruff voice. "I
+don't want the guinea-pigs, thank you, Jim." And opening
+the door hurriedly, he darted off across the park towards home.</p>
+
+
+
+<hr style="width: 65%;" />
+<h3>CHAPTER IV.</h3>
+
+
+<p>"I do think it was one of the goodest things I ever heard
+of," said Jerry confidentially, as she drove with one of the
+"light gentlemen" to the pantomime.</p>
+
+<p>She had just finished an account of Bobbie's heroic
+sacrifice of the day before; and as Bobbie himself was
+following in a hansom cab, with the other uncle, it was
+quite safe to relate the whole story without fear of
+interruptions.</p>
+
+<p>"He wanted those guinea-pigs <i>dreadfully</i>," continued
+Jerry, "and he gave everything he had to the poor little
+girl. He cried horribly about it, though. He was literally
+<i>roaring</i> when we got back from Mrs. Funnel's tea, though
+he went and hid himself so that we shouldn't know; but
+nurse said his blouse was quite <i>damp</i>!"</p>
+
+<p>"Shall we go round on our way back, and order Bobbie
+some new guinea-pigs, as a surprise?" asked Uncle Ronald,
+who had listened to the story with all the respectful
+sympathy expected of him.<span class='pagenum'><a name="Page_214" id="Page_214">[Pg 214]</a></span></p>
+
+<p>Jerry gave a shriek of delight. "Oh, how <i>lovely</i>! May I
+choose? I know just his favourite colours."</p>
+
+<p>As Bobbie took his usual stroll into the stable yard on
+Monday morning, he was astonished to see Jeptha approaching
+him with a large box on a wheelbarrow.</p>
+
+<p>"Summut for you, Master Bobbie. Come by rail; and
+there seems to be a deal of moving about and squeaking
+a-goin' on inside!"</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie unfastened the covers with feverish haste; and
+there was a hutch such as he had never even <i>dreamt</i> of,
+with a row of four little eager noses sticking out between
+the bars.</p>
+
+<p>A label hanging to the wire said, "From the two light
+gentlemen."</p>
+
+<p>"Well now, Master Bobbie, if ever I saw the like of that!"
+cried Jeptha admiringly. "Why, they're all a-sittin' as
+comfortable as you please, in a kind of a Eastern palace."</p>
+
+<p>Bobbie, who was almost delirious with delight and excitement,
+ran in to fetch Jerry.</p>
+
+<p>"Oh, Jerry, come out!" he cried. "The light gentlemen&mdash;in
+a splendid blue cage with red stripes, come by
+train! And such guinea-pigs! Just the kind I wanted&mdash;two
+long-hair. Oh, I do think this is the splendidest day
+of my life, and as long as I live I won't never forget it!"</p>
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+
+<pre>
+
+
+
+
+
+End of the Project Gutenberg EBook of Soap-Bubble Stories, by Fanny Barry
+
+*** END OF THIS PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK SOAP-BUBBLE STORIES ***
+
+***** This file should be named 28263-h.htm or 28263-h.zip *****
+This and all associated files of various formats will be found in:
+ http://www.gutenberg.org/2/8/2/6/28263/
+
+Produced by Marcia Brooks, Woodie4, David Edwards and the
+Online Distributed Proofreading Team at http://www.pgdp.net
+(This file was produced from images generously made
+available by The Internet Archive/American Libraries.)
+
+
+Updated editions will replace the previous one--the old editions
+will be renamed.
+
+Creating the works from public domain print editions means that no
+one owns a United States copyright in these works, so the Foundation
+(and you!) can copy and distribute it in the United States without
+permission and without paying copyright royalties. Special rules,
+set forth in the General Terms of Use part of this license, apply to
+copying and distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works to
+protect the PROJECT GUTENBERG-tm concept and trademark. Project
+Gutenberg is a registered trademark, and may not be used if you
+charge for the eBooks, unless you receive specific permission. If you
+do not charge anything for copies of this eBook, complying with the
+rules is very easy. You may use this eBook for nearly any purpose
+such as creation of derivative works, reports, performances and
+research. They may be modified and printed and given away--you may do
+practically ANYTHING with public domain eBooks. Redistribution is
+subject to the trademark license, especially commercial
+redistribution.
+
+
+
+*** START: FULL LICENSE ***
+
+THE FULL PROJECT GUTENBERG LICENSE
+PLEASE READ THIS BEFORE YOU DISTRIBUTE OR USE THIS WORK
+
+To protect the Project Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting the free
+distribution of electronic works, by using or distributing this work
+(or any other work associated in any way with the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg"), you agree to comply with all the terms of the Full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License (available with this file or online at
+http://gutenberg.org/license).
+
+
+Section 1. General Terms of Use and Redistributing Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic works
+
+1.A. By reading or using any part of this Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work, you indicate that you have read, understand, agree to
+and accept all the terms of this license and intellectual property
+(trademark/copyright) agreement. If you do not agree to abide by all
+the terms of this agreement, you must cease using and return or destroy
+all copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in your possession.
+If you paid a fee for obtaining a copy of or access to a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work and you do not agree to be bound by the
+terms of this agreement, you may obtain a refund from the person or
+entity to whom you paid the fee as set forth in paragraph 1.E.8.
+
+1.B. "Project Gutenberg" is a registered trademark. It may only be
+used on or associated in any way with an electronic work by people who
+agree to be bound by the terms of this agreement. There are a few
+things that you can do with most Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works
+even without complying with the full terms of this agreement. See
+paragraph 1.C below. There are a lot of things you can do with Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works if you follow the terms of this agreement
+and help preserve free future access to Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works. See paragraph 1.E below.
+
+1.C. The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation ("the Foundation"
+or PGLAF), owns a compilation copyright in the collection of Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic works. Nearly all the individual works in the
+collection are in the public domain in the United States. If an
+individual work is in the public domain in the United States and you are
+located in the United States, we do not claim a right to prevent you from
+copying, distributing, performing, displaying or creating derivative
+works based on the work as long as all references to Project Gutenberg
+are removed. Of course, we hope that you will support the Project
+Gutenberg-tm mission of promoting free access to electronic works by
+freely sharing Project Gutenberg-tm works in compliance with the terms of
+this agreement for keeping the Project Gutenberg-tm name associated with
+the work. You can easily comply with the terms of this agreement by
+keeping this work in the same format with its attached full Project
+Gutenberg-tm License when you share it without charge with others.
+
+1.D. The copyright laws of the place where you are located also govern
+what you can do with this work. Copyright laws in most countries are in
+a constant state of change. If you are outside the United States, check
+the laws of your country in addition to the terms of this agreement
+before downloading, copying, displaying, performing, distributing or
+creating derivative works based on this work or any other Project
+Gutenberg-tm work. The Foundation makes no representations concerning
+the copyright status of any work in any country outside the United
+States.
+
+1.E. Unless you have removed all references to Project Gutenberg:
+
+1.E.1. The following sentence, with active links to, or other immediate
+access to, the full Project Gutenberg-tm License must appear prominently
+whenever any copy of a Project Gutenberg-tm work (any work on which the
+phrase "Project Gutenberg" appears, or with which the phrase "Project
+Gutenberg" is associated) is accessed, displayed, performed, viewed,
+copied or distributed:
+
+This eBook is for the use of anyone anywhere at no cost and with
+almost no restrictions whatsoever. You may copy it, give it away or
+re-use it under the terms of the Project Gutenberg License included
+with this eBook or online at www.gutenberg.org
+
+1.E.2. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is derived
+from the public domain (does not contain a notice indicating that it is
+posted with permission of the copyright holder), the work can be copied
+and distributed to anyone in the United States without paying any fees
+or charges. If you are redistributing or providing access to a work
+with the phrase "Project Gutenberg" associated with or appearing on the
+work, you must comply either with the requirements of paragraphs 1.E.1
+through 1.E.7 or obtain permission for the use of the work and the
+Project Gutenberg-tm trademark as set forth in paragraphs 1.E.8 or
+1.E.9.
+
+1.E.3. If an individual Project Gutenberg-tm electronic work is posted
+with the permission of the copyright holder, your use and distribution
+must comply with both paragraphs 1.E.1 through 1.E.7 and any additional
+terms imposed by the copyright holder. Additional terms will be linked
+to the Project Gutenberg-tm License for all works posted with the
+permission of the copyright holder found at the beginning of this work.
+
+1.E.4. Do not unlink or detach or remove the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License terms from this work, or any files containing a part of this
+work or any other work associated with Project Gutenberg-tm.
+
+1.E.5. Do not copy, display, perform, distribute or redistribute this
+electronic work, or any part of this electronic work, without
+prominently displaying the sentence set forth in paragraph 1.E.1 with
+active links or immediate access to the full terms of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm License.
+
+1.E.6. You may convert to and distribute this work in any binary,
+compressed, marked up, nonproprietary or proprietary form, including any
+word processing or hypertext form. However, if you provide access to or
+distribute copies of a Project Gutenberg-tm work in a format other than
+"Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other format used in the official version
+posted on the official Project Gutenberg-tm web site (www.gutenberg.org),
+you must, at no additional cost, fee or expense to the user, provide a
+copy, a means of exporting a copy, or a means of obtaining a copy upon
+request, of the work in its original "Plain Vanilla ASCII" or other
+form. Any alternate format must include the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+License as specified in paragraph 1.E.1.
+
+1.E.7. Do not charge a fee for access to, viewing, displaying,
+performing, copying or distributing any Project Gutenberg-tm works
+unless you comply with paragraph 1.E.8 or 1.E.9.
+
+1.E.8. You may charge a reasonable fee for copies of or providing
+access to or distributing Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works provided
+that
+
+- You pay a royalty fee of 20% of the gross profits you derive from
+ the use of Project Gutenberg-tm works calculated using the method
+ you already use to calculate your applicable taxes. The fee is
+ owed to the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark, but he
+ has agreed to donate royalties under this paragraph to the
+ Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation. Royalty payments
+ must be paid within 60 days following each date on which you
+ prepare (or are legally required to prepare) your periodic tax
+ returns. Royalty payments should be clearly marked as such and
+ sent to the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation at the
+ address specified in Section 4, "Information about donations to
+ the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation."
+
+- You provide a full refund of any money paid by a user who notifies
+ you in writing (or by e-mail) within 30 days of receipt that s/he
+ does not agree to the terms of the full Project Gutenberg-tm
+ License. You must require such a user to return or
+ destroy all copies of the works possessed in a physical medium
+ and discontinue all use of and all access to other copies of
+ Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+- You provide, in accordance with paragraph 1.F.3, a full refund of any
+ money paid for a work or a replacement copy, if a defect in the
+ electronic work is discovered and reported to you within 90 days
+ of receipt of the work.
+
+- You comply with all other terms of this agreement for free
+ distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm works.
+
+1.E.9. If you wish to charge a fee or distribute a Project Gutenberg-tm
+electronic work or group of works on different terms than are set
+forth in this agreement, you must obtain permission in writing from
+both the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation and Michael
+Hart, the owner of the Project Gutenberg-tm trademark. Contact the
+Foundation as set forth in Section 3 below.
+
+1.F.
+
+1.F.1. Project Gutenberg volunteers and employees expend considerable
+effort to identify, do copyright research on, transcribe and proofread
+public domain works in creating the Project Gutenberg-tm
+collection. Despite these efforts, Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works, and the medium on which they may be stored, may contain
+"Defects," such as, but not limited to, incomplete, inaccurate or
+corrupt data, transcription errors, a copyright or other intellectual
+property infringement, a defective or damaged disk or other medium, a
+computer virus, or computer codes that damage or cannot be read by
+your equipment.
+
+1.F.2. LIMITED WARRANTY, DISCLAIMER OF DAMAGES - Except for the "Right
+of Replacement or Refund" described in paragraph 1.F.3, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation, the owner of the Project
+Gutenberg-tm trademark, and any other party distributing a Project
+Gutenberg-tm electronic work under this agreement, disclaim all
+liability to you for damages, costs and expenses, including legal
+fees. YOU AGREE THAT YOU HAVE NO REMEDIES FOR NEGLIGENCE, STRICT
+LIABILITY, BREACH OF WARRANTY OR BREACH OF CONTRACT EXCEPT THOSE
+PROVIDED IN PARAGRAPH F3. YOU AGREE THAT THE FOUNDATION, THE
+TRADEMARK OWNER, AND ANY DISTRIBUTOR UNDER THIS AGREEMENT WILL NOT BE
+LIABLE TO YOU FOR ACTUAL, DIRECT, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, PUNITIVE OR
+INCIDENTAL DAMAGES EVEN IF YOU GIVE NOTICE OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
+DAMAGE.
+
+1.F.3. LIMITED RIGHT OF REPLACEMENT OR REFUND - If you discover a
+defect in this electronic work within 90 days of receiving it, you can
+receive a refund of the money (if any) you paid for it by sending a
+written explanation to the person you received the work from. If you
+received the work on a physical medium, you must return the medium with
+your written explanation. The person or entity that provided you with
+the defective work may elect to provide a replacement copy in lieu of a
+refund. If you received the work electronically, the person or entity
+providing it to you may choose to give you a second opportunity to
+receive the work electronically in lieu of a refund. If the second copy
+is also defective, you may demand a refund in writing without further
+opportunities to fix the problem.
+
+1.F.4. Except for the limited right of replacement or refund set forth
+in paragraph 1.F.3, this work is provided to you 'AS-IS' WITH NO OTHER
+WARRANTIES OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO
+WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTIBILITY OR FITNESS FOR ANY PURPOSE.
+
+1.F.5. Some states do not allow disclaimers of certain implied
+warranties or the exclusion or limitation of certain types of damages.
+If any disclaimer or limitation set forth in this agreement violates the
+law of the state applicable to this agreement, the agreement shall be
+interpreted to make the maximum disclaimer or limitation permitted by
+the applicable state law. The invalidity or unenforceability of any
+provision of this agreement shall not void the remaining provisions.
+
+1.F.6. INDEMNITY - You agree to indemnify and hold the Foundation, the
+trademark owner, any agent or employee of the Foundation, anyone
+providing copies of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works in accordance
+with this agreement, and any volunteers associated with the production,
+promotion and distribution of Project Gutenberg-tm electronic works,
+harmless from all liability, costs and expenses, including legal fees,
+that arise directly or indirectly from any of the following which you do
+or cause to occur: (a) distribution of this or any Project Gutenberg-tm
+work, (b) alteration, modification, or additions or deletions to any
+Project Gutenberg-tm work, and (c) any Defect you cause.
+
+
+Section 2. Information about the Mission of Project Gutenberg-tm
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm is synonymous with the free distribution of
+electronic works in formats readable by the widest variety of computers
+including obsolete, old, middle-aged and new computers. It exists
+because of the efforts of hundreds of volunteers and donations from
+people in all walks of life.
+
+Volunteers and financial support to provide volunteers with the
+assistance they need, are critical to reaching Project Gutenberg-tm's
+goals and ensuring that the Project Gutenberg-tm collection will
+remain freely available for generations to come. In 2001, the Project
+Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation was created to provide a secure
+and permanent future for Project Gutenberg-tm and future generations.
+To learn more about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation
+and how your efforts and donations can help, see Sections 3 and 4
+and the Foundation web page at http://www.pglaf.org.
+
+
+Section 3. Information about the Project Gutenberg Literary Archive
+Foundation
+
+The Project Gutenberg Literary Archive Foundation is a non profit
+501(c)(3) educational corporation organized under the laws of the
+state of Mississippi and granted tax exempt status by the Internal
+Revenue Service. The Foundation's EIN or federal tax identification
+number is 64-6221541. Its 501(c)(3) letter is posted at
+http://pglaf.org/fundraising. Contributions to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation are tax deductible to the full extent
+permitted by U.S. federal laws and your state's laws.
+
+The Foundation's principal office is located at 4557 Melan Dr. S.
+Fairbanks, AK, 99712., but its volunteers and employees are scattered
+throughout numerous locations. Its business office is located at
+809 North 1500 West, Salt Lake City, UT 84116, (801) 596-1887, email
+business@pglaf.org. Email contact links and up to date contact
+information can be found at the Foundation's web site and official
+page at http://pglaf.org
+
+For additional contact information:
+ Dr. Gregory B. Newby
+ Chief Executive and Director
+ gbnewby@pglaf.org
+
+
+Section 4. Information about Donations to the Project Gutenberg
+Literary Archive Foundation
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm depends upon and cannot survive without wide
+spread public support and donations to carry out its mission of
+increasing the number of public domain and licensed works that can be
+freely distributed in machine readable form accessible by the widest
+array of equipment including outdated equipment. Many small donations
+($1 to $5,000) are particularly important to maintaining tax exempt
+status with the IRS.
+
+The Foundation is committed to complying with the laws regulating
+charities and charitable donations in all 50 states of the United
+States. Compliance requirements are not uniform and it takes a
+considerable effort, much paperwork and many fees to meet and keep up
+with these requirements. We do not solicit donations in locations
+where we have not received written confirmation of compliance. To
+SEND DONATIONS or determine the status of compliance for any
+particular state visit http://pglaf.org
+
+While we cannot and do not solicit contributions from states where we
+have not met the solicitation requirements, we know of no prohibition
+against accepting unsolicited donations from donors in such states who
+approach us with offers to donate.
+
+International donations are gratefully accepted, but we cannot make
+any statements concerning tax treatment of donations received from
+outside the United States. U.S. laws alone swamp our small staff.
+
+Please check the Project Gutenberg Web pages for current donation
+methods and addresses. Donations are accepted in a number of other
+ways including checks, online payments and credit card donations.
+To donate, please visit: http://pglaf.org/donate
+
+
+Section 5. General Information About Project Gutenberg-tm electronic
+works.
+
+Professor Michael S. Hart is the originator of the Project Gutenberg-tm
+concept of a library of electronic works that could be freely shared
+with anyone. For thirty years, he produced and distributed Project
+Gutenberg-tm eBooks with only a loose network of volunteer support.
+
+
+Project Gutenberg-tm eBooks are often created from several printed
+editions, all of which are confirmed as Public Domain in the U.S.
+unless a copyright notice is included. Thus, we do not necessarily
+keep eBooks in compliance with any particular paper edition.
+
+
+Most people start at our Web site which has the main PG search facility:
+
+ http://www.gutenberg.org
+
+This Web site includes information about Project Gutenberg-tm,
+including how to make donations to the Project Gutenberg Literary
+Archive Foundation, how to help produce our new eBooks, and how to
+subscribe to our email newsletter to hear about new eBooks.
+
+
+</pre>
+
+</body>
+</html>